As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2006 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO FORM SB-2 REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (INITIAL STATEMENT) FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. NEVADA 8000 20-2008579 (State or jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification No.) 10/27 Mayneview St. Milton Australia 61-7-33673355 Telefax 61-7-33673252 (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices) 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481 (702)866-2500 Telefax (702)866-2689 (Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business) Incorp Services, Inc. 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481 (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service) Copies of communications to: Richard I. Anslow, Esq. Anslow & Jaclin, LLP 195 Route 9 South, Suite 204 Manalapan, New Jersey 07726 Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. 1 If any of the securities registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. [X] If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. [ ] CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE Proposed maximum Proposed Title of each offering maximum Amount of class of securities Amount to price per aggregate registration to be registered be registered share offering price fee - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common shares, par value $.001 (1) 3,000,000 $1.50 $4,500,000 $529.65 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common shares, par value $.001 (2) 1,434,006 $1.50 $2,151,009 $253.17 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common shares, par value $.001 (3) 420,000 $1.50 $ 630,000 $ 74.15 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common shares, par value $.001 (4) 450,000 $1.50 $ 675,000 $ 79.45 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common shares, par value $.001 (5) 914,000 $1.50 $1,371,000 $161.36 Total 6,218,006 $9,327,009 $1,097.78 - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ (1) Represents shares being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act. (2) Represents the resale of the shares of common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of options originally issued to Fort Street Equity, Inc. Since issuance of 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, it has sold 100,000 options to Ralston Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. Following the sale of these options Fort Street Equity retains 1,434,006 options that are convertible to shares of common stock. The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act. (3) Represents Selling Security Holder shares being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act. (4) Represents Selling Security Holder shares being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act. (5) Represents Selling Security Holder shares of Fort Street Equity, Inc. being sold to the public. The price of $1.50 per share is being estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act. 2 The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine. The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until this Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY __, 2006 3 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK RESALE OF 1,434,006 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES Fit For Business International, Inc. is offering, on a "best efforts" basis 3,000,000 shares of our common stock at $1.50 per share. The initial offering period will end twelve (12) months from the date listed in this prospectus unless it is terminated earlier. This Offering is being made on a self-underwritten, no minimum basis by us through our officers and directors. Since there is no selling commission, all proceeds from the Offering will go to us. In addition, there are no arrangements to place any proceeds received in an escrow, trust or similar account. There are no minimum individual purchase requirements for this offering. In addition, our Selling Security Holders are offering to sell up to 1,784,000 shares of our common stock, and a further 1,434,006 resale of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of outstanding options. Our shares of common stock are not listed on any stock exchange. There is no assurance that our shares of common stock will be quoted on any stock exchange in the future. The selling stockholders will sell their common stock at $1.50 per share until our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell their shares at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY ARE SPECULATIVE, AND INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD NOT BE PURCHASED BY ANYONE WHO CANNOT AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8, BEFORE INVESTING IN SUCH SECURITIES. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of the prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until this Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. Price to Public Underwriting Commissions Proceeds to Company --------------- ------------------------ ------------------- Per Share $1.50 -0- $1.50 Total $4,500,000 -0- $4,500,000 The date of this prospectus is January____, 2006 4 Table of Contents PROSPECTUS SUMMARY............................................................6 RISK FACTORS..................................................................7 USE OF PROCEEDS..............................................................13 DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE..............................................16 MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.....................16 EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION.........................................16 DIVIDENDS....................................................................16 PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS...................................................17 COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES......17 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION....................17 BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY.......................................................32 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY......................................................53 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................................................53 MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS..................................53 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................56 PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS.......................................................58 DILUTION.....................................................................59 SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.........................................................60 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.........................................................63 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...............................64 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES....................................................67 CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE........................................................68 TRANSFER AGENT...............................................................68 EXPERTS......................................................................68 LEGAL MATTERS................................................................68 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.........................................................F-1 SIGNATURES...................................................................75 5 PROSPECTUS SUMMARY About Us We were established on May 30, 2001, and incorporated in the State of Nevada on July 31, 2001, under the name Elli Tsab, Inc. We have remained essentially inactive since incorporation. We changed our name to Patient Data Corporation on April 15, 2004, and we also increased our authorized capital to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $.001 per share. On September 14, 2004, we acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital shares of Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("Subsidiary"), an Australian company. All shares of Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited were owned by Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Currently our operations are conducted through our Subsidiary which delivers wellness programs to businesses in Australia. One component of our program includes the provision of nutritional and health supplements manufactured by Herbalife Ltd. In exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of Subsidiary, we issued an aggregate of 15,000,000 of our common shares and 1,000,000 of our preferred shares to the stockholders of Subsidiary, Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. subsequently transferred some of their common shares to other individuals and entities. On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI") in order to better reflect our new business plan. Our auditors have issued a going concern qualification in their opinion letter. Where You Can Find Us Our registered United States office is located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89120-3481, USA. Our telephone number is (702)866-2500 and our facsimile number is (702)866-2689. Fit for Business (Australia) Pty Limited (our operations) is located at 10/27 Mayneview Street, Milton, Queensland, 4064 Australia. Our telephone number in Australia is (011) 61 7 33673355 and our facsimile number is (011) 61 7 33673252. Securities Offered By Us We are offering a maximum amount of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value, at $1.50 per share. Currently, we have not established an underwriting arrangement for the sale of these shares. All funds that are received by us in the offering are available for immediate use. There is no minimum number of shares that must be sold before we can utilize the proceeds of the offering. In addition, there are no arrangements to place any proceeds received in an escrow, trust or similar account. In addition, our Selling Security Holders are offering to sell up to 1,784,000 shares of our common stock, and a further 1,434,006 resale of shares of common stock issuable in connection with the conversion of outstanding options. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any common shares by our selling security holders or our option holders. SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION: As of As of September 30, June 30, 2005 2005 ------------- ------------- (Unaudited) (Audited) Balance Sheet Items- Cash on hand and in bank (including restricted cash at June 30, 2005) $ 4,564 $ 3,680 Total current assets $ 383,009 $ 382,132 Total assets $ 543,777 $ 516,766 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 150,872 $ 141,484 Loans from related parties $ 61,335 $ 71,146 Deferred revenues $ 500,000 $ 500,000 Total current liabilities $ 712,207 $ 714,238 Long-term promissory notes and accrued interest $ 128,019 $ 34,050 Stockholders' (deficit) $ (296,449) $ (231,522) 6 Three-Month Periods Ended September 30, Year Ended ------------------------------ June 30, 2005 2004 2005 ------------- ------------- ------------- (Unaudited) (Unaudited) (Audited) Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (loss) items- Revenues $ 2,870 $ 1,884 $ 11,053 Cost of Goods Sold 893 737 4,300 Gross Profit 1,977 1,147 6,753 Selling, general and administrative expenses 120,825 226,403 537,653 Other income (expense) (1,335) (5,696) (5,408) Net (loss) $ (120,183) $ (230,952) $ (536,308) (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted $ (0.01) $ (0.01) $ (0.03) Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding - Basic and Diluted 20,870,000 20,013,973 20,235,890 RISK FACTORS All material risks have been disclosed in this section. OUR INDEPENDENT AUDITORS HAVE ISSUED A NEGATIVE REPORT WHICH MAY CAUSE OUR CESSATION, HAVE INVESTORS LOSE THEIR INVESTMENT AND HURT OUR ABILITY TO RAISE ADDITIONAL FINANCING. The report of our independent auditors on our financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2005, contains an explanatory paragraph which indicates that we have recurring losses from operations, and our working capital is insufficient to meet our planned business objectives. The accumulated deficit during our development stage as of September 30, 2005, was $(997,600). Because of these losses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The report of independent auditors and the existence of these recurring losses from operations may make it more difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to run our business, and are not viewed favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, this may cause our cessation of business resulting in investors losing their money. We urge potential investors to review our interim and audited financial statements before making a decision to invest in us. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT WE MAY HAVE VIOLATED SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 BASED ON FORT STREET EQUITY ACTING AS AN UNDERWRITER WHEN IT SOLD THE SECURITIES ACQUIRED FROM US AND THE PROXIMITY IN TIME BETWEEN SALES OF SECURITIES BY FORT STREET EQUITY TO THIRD PARTIES AND LOANS MADE BY FORT STREET TO US AND IF THIS IS DETERMINED TO BE A PRIMARY OFFERING WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, WE MAY BE SUBJECT TO CIVIL PENALITES AND OTHER SANCTIONS AS WELL AS THE RESCISSION RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES THAT PURCHASED THE SECURITIES FROM FORT STREET EQUITY, AMOUNTING TO $126,528 AND ACCRUED INTEREST OF $1,491, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2005. It is possible that it can be determined that we violated Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933. Section 5(a) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to sell a security unless a registration statement is in effect as to such security. Section 5(c) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer to sell or offer to buy a security unless a registration statement has been filed as to such security. Because Fort Street Equity was acting as an underwriter when it sold the securities acquired from us and the proximity in time between sales of securities held by Fort Street Equity to third parties and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us, such transactions, taken together, may be viewed as a primary offering by us or on our behalf without an effective registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The transactions that may have caused such a violation of Section 5 are as follows: On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in cash. Since issuance to Fort Street Equity, it sold 100,000 options to Ralston Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005, $2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September 26, 2006. 7 In addition, in light of the proximity in timing between the sales of 565,994 stock options held by Fort Street to various parties and the loans evidenced by promissory notes made by Fort Street to us, such sales of options by Fort Street are believed to be a primary offering of securities by an underwriter on behalf of the Company under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933 Act"). If it is determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or on behalf of us in violation of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, then we may be subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties pursuant to Sections 12(a)(1), 8A, and 24 of the Securities Act. We are not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and we intend to vigorously defend against any such claims if they arise. However, in our financial statements, we have classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528 of principal, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission. In addition, nevertheless, it is possible that a court could determine that we did engage in a primary offering and that we are subject to disgorgement, interest and possible civil penalties. This claim, if successful, would significantly exceed our cash reserves and require us to borrow funds and would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Therefore, these claims would have a significant impact on us and could force us to consider bankruptcy or a similar alternative. OUR OPERATIONS AND FUTURE GROWTH ARE HEAVILY DEPENDENT UPON OUR PRESIDENT, MARK A. POULSEN, OUR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT OF SALES, ANTHONY F. HEAD, SANDRA L. WENDT, OUR VICE PRESIDENT OF ADMINISTRATION, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER, AND PRINS A. RALSTON, OUR SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER, AND OTHER MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL. IF WE LOSE THE SERVICES OF THESE EMPLOYEES WE WILL BE UNABLE TO DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS WITH THE SAME SPEED THAT WE HAVE ANTICIPATED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS COULD LEAD TO THE REDUCTION OF PROJECTED REVENUES AND DELAY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES. In the event that any of these executives are unable to carry out their services due to illness, death, or if they decide to leave our employ, these events could have a material adverse effect on our revenue projections, future success, and ability to continue to implement our growth strategies. During our development phase, these key officers formulate and execute the strategy being pursued by us in our operations. We do not carry key person life insurance on any such individual. The following are the roles and responsibilities of our executives, and if one of these executives was unable to perform their role we would need to have another executive undertake their essential duties while we recruited a replacement, resulting in further expenses and delay in the implementation of our growth strategies: - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- Title Name Role/Responsibility - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- President and Chief Mark A. Poulsen Chairman of the Board Fit for Business Executive Officer International Inc.; Managing Director Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited; Provides the leadership and direction for strategy and program structure of the Company. - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- Senior Vice President Anthony F. Head Leads & Develops Sales initiatives; of Sales Training of Sales and Customer Service Staff; Manages key corporate relationships and accounts; Preparation of Sales Budgets. - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- Vice President of Sandra L. Wendt Accounting Officer; Administration, Chief Manages Financial Function; Financial Officer and Oversees personnel & administration; Principal Accounting Officer Preparation of Forecasts & Budgets. - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- Senior Vice President & Prins A. Ralston Establishes and develops the Fit for Chief Operating Officer Business personnel, structures, operating processes, and systems in countries in which the Company operates; Leads and manages the personnel of the Company; Manages the financial affairs of the Company; Manages the legal and governance affairs of the Company. - ------------------------------- ------------------- --------------------------------------------- 8 WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO CONTINUE TO SUCCESSFULLY DEVELOP OUR BUSINESS PLAN OR ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY. We are a development stage company and have a limited operating history. Our success will depend largely upon our ability to implement our business plan. Our ability to identify customers will be crucial to our success. Due to our development stage, we do not have consistent cash flow. SINCE MARK A. POULSEN, OUR PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, AND DIRECTOR, OWNS A COMPANY THAT RUNS A HERBALIFE DISTRIBUTORSHIP THAT INCLUDES A NETWORK OF DISTRIBUTORS THAT RESULTS IN THIS COMPANY RECEIVING ADDITIONAL COMMISSIONS AND INCOME FROM HERBALIFE, MARK A. POULSEN COULD INFLUENCE THE SOURCING OF THE NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR OUR PROGRAMS FROM HIS DISTRIBUTORS TO THE EXCLUSION OF OTHER DISTRIBUTORS, AND AS SUCH, A CONFLICT OF INTEREST CAN ARISE. Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company of which Mark A. Poulsen is a Director, and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife runs a network marketing system, under which Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. directly receives 5% of income from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of the nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has distributors (21) that it has sponsored under the Herbalife networking system that are signed up as independent FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives (5). As such, Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or income from Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result in his allegiance being swayed. INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL SUFFER IMMEDIATE DILUTION OF THEIR INVESTMENT OF $1.31 PER SHARE. Investors in this offering are paying $1.50 per share. If the maximum number of shares of common stock offered in this Offering are sold, our net tangible book value per share will be $.19 per share. This will result in immediate dilution in your investment of $1.31 per share. SINCE WE DEPEND ON HERBALIFE LTD. PRODUCTS AND WE HAVE NO WRITTEN AGREEMENT FOR SUCH PRODUCT SUPPLY THROUGH THEIR INDEPENDENT DISTRIBUTOR, THIS RELATIONSHIP CAN TERMINATE WITHOUT NOTICE AND CAUSE THE LOSS OF FUTURE REVENUES AND OPERATIONS. Our business plan relies upon Herbalife to supply products through its distributors for our nutritional programs. We do not have a formal agreement with Herbalife or its distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, the Founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer of Subsidiary, is an independent distributor of Herbalife products through Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Each of our account executives may also be an independent distributor of Herbalife products. If Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. or any of our account executives were to lose their distributorship with Herbalife, or if any governmental regulations were to negatively impact Herbalife or its products, our business revenues and operations would be significantly reduced. In these circumstances, we would need to find new Herbalife distributors and, or, a new supplier of nutritional products. AS THE NUTRITIONAL COMPONENT OF OUR PROGRAMS INVOLVES THE COMPANY SELLING THE NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS OBTAINED THROUGH EXISTING HERBALIFE DISTRIBUTORS, WE MAY BE IMPACTED BY THE NEGATIVE CONNOTATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE NETWORK MARKETING UNDERTAKEN BY THESE DISTRIBUTORS WITH THE RESULTING LOSS OF CORPORATE CUSTOMERS AND SUBSEQUENT LOSS OF REVENUES. 9 Herbalife distributes its nutritional product utilizing a network marketing model. This style of marketing has been previously and incorrectly associated with the outlawed pyramid sales models. Due to this incorrect association, we may be negatively impacted as potential corporate customers may be reluctant to be associated with products obtained from network marketing based distributors. We clearly remunerate our employed and independent account executives and customer service representatives only on the basis of retail sales of our programs to our customers, and are not involved in any form of pyramid sales, as follows: - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ Type Salary Commission Bonuses - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ Employed Account Negotiated dependent on Negotiated dependent on Negotiated dependant Executives qualifications and experience. sales volumes. on budget and key performance indicators being achieved. - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ Employed Customer Negotiated dependent on NIL Negotiated dependant Service qualifications and experience. on budget and key Representatives performance indicators being achieved. - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ Independent Account NIL Sliding scale after a NIL Executives threshold of $100,000 - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ Independent Customer NIL 35% of the retail sale of NIL Service Representatives the customers serviced. - ------------------------- -------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------ The impact of an incorrect association on a new customer may indicate that we will be unable to sell our programs to them, or if they were an existing customer, we may lose an existing contract with them. As such, there would be a resultant decrease in revenues. OUR BUSINESS AND THE HERBALIFE NUTRITIONAL PRODUCTS ARE SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE GOVERNMENT REGULATION, AND OUR FAILURE TO SECURE GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS WILL RESULT IN THE LOSS OF THE PRODUCT AND DECREASED REVENUES AND OPERATIONS. Both the business and the Herbalife products, at the core of the nutrition components of our programs, are subject to extensive government regulation in various jurisdictions. For example, we may be subject to regulations pertaining to: (1) program claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising by us, as well as claims and advertising by our account executives or customer service representatives, for which we may be held responsible; (2) our distribution system; and (3) transfer pricing and similar regulations that affect the level of taxable income and customs duties. For example, in the United States, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our Herbalife products may be subject to regulation by one or more governmental agencies, including (1) the Food and Drug Administration ("FDA"), (2) the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC"), (3) the Consumer Program Safety Commission ("CPSC"), (4) the United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA"), (5) the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and (6) the United States Postal Service. Our activities are regulated by various agencies of the states, localities and other countries in which our programs are distributed and sold. The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and labeling of foods, dietary supplements and over-the-counter ("OTC") drugs, such as those distributed by us. FDA regulations require Herbalife suppliers to meet relevant good manufacturing practice ("GMP") regulations for the preparation, packing and storage of foods and OTC drugs. GMP's for dietary supplements have yet to be promulgated but are expected to be proposed. In some jurisdictions, we may, prior to commencing operations, be required to obtain approval, licenses or certification from the relevant governmental health agency. There is no guarantee that we will be able to secure the necessary approvals in any of our targeted markets for the Herbalife products, and we may have to substitute other approved nutritional products in these markets. SINCE OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS ARE PRESENTLY LOCATED IN AUSTRALIA AND SUBJECT TO THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF AUSTRALIA, YOU MAY NOT BE FAMILIAR WITH SUCH RULES AND REGULATIONS AND MAY NOT HAVE THE CAPABILITY TO MAKE AN INFORMED DECISION REGARDING YOUR INVESTMENT. 10 Our business operations are based in Australia. Our products and services are subject to the rules and regulations of Australia as are the operations of our Subsidiary in Australia. The major areas of Australian Law most likely to impact FFBI are as follows: o The Australia New Zealand Food Standards Code; o Therapeutic goods legislation; o Corporations law regulating incorporation, operations and management of companies; o Australia's income tax law ; o The Australian Federal Trade Practices Act and comparable legislation in the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions; o the common law of contract; and o the common law of negligence. If you are a United States investor, you may not be knowledgeable about the above rules and regulations in Australia. This may lead to your inability to make an informed decision about an investment in us. OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS ARE TRANSACTED IN THE AUSTRALIAN DOLLAR AND SUBJECT TO FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS WHICH CAN DECREASE THE VALUE OF OUR ASSETS. We are an Australian based company. Although the financial information in this document is presented in United States dollars, we transact our business in the Australian dollar. Any negative price fluctuations in the Australian dollar to the United States dollar will have the effect of decreasing the value of our assets and, in turn, decreasing the value of your investment. SALES BY SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS BELOW THE $1.50 OFFERING PRICE MAY CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO FALL AND DECREASE DEMAND IN THE PRIMARY OFFERING WHICH MAY DECREASE THE VALUE OF YOUR INVESTMENT. Our Selling Security Holders may offer their shares during our offering. All of our stock owned by the Selling Security Holders will be registered by the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The Selling Security Holders may sell some or all of their shares immediately after they are registered. In the event that the Selling Security Holders sell some or all of their shares, which could occur while we are still selling shares directly to investors in this offering, trading prices for the shares could fall below the offering price of the shares and result in the loss of part, or all, of your investment. YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO LIQUIDATE YOUR INVESTMENTS SINCE THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT A PUBLIC MARKET WILL DEVELOP FOR OUR COMMON STOCK OR THAT OUR COMMON STOCK WILL EVER BE APPROVED FOR TRADING ON A RECOGNIZED STOCK EXCHANGE OR QUOTATION MEDIUM. There has been no trading market for our common stock and none is anticipated to develop in the near future. We intend to apply for quotation on the Over the Counter Bulletin Board concurrently with the filing of this offering. It is unlikely that our trading market will develop in the near term, or that if developed, it will be sustained. In the event the regular public trading market does not develop, any investment in our common stock would be highly illiquid. Accordingly, an investor in our common stock may not be able to sell the shares readily, if at all. OUR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CURRENTLY CONTROLS APPROXIMATELY 89.99% OF OUR ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING SHARES AND, THEREFORE, CONTROLS ALL STOCKHOLDER DECISIONS RESULTING IN THE REMAINDER OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS HAVING NO CONTROL OVER OUR CORPORATE ACTIONS. Mark A. Poulsen, our Chief Executive Officer and Director, beneficially owns, in the aggregate, approximately 89.99% of our issued and outstanding common stock assuming inclusion of 50,000,000 shares of common stock based on Mr. Poulsen's ownership of 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares. Mr. Poulsen's ownership of 1,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, gives him 50 voting rights per share. Therefore, this individual is in a position to exert actual or effective control over our business and operations, including the election of all of our directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. The remainder of our stockholders will have no control over our corporate actions. 11 INVESTORS IN THIS OFFERING WILL BEAR THE MOST RISK OF LOSS EVEN THOUGH OUR PRESENT CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR WILL CONTROL US. Our present officers and directors own an aggregate of 14,155,000 shares or 61.89% of our total issued and outstanding shares of common stock (but not including up to 1,434,006 shares issuable upon the exercise of options) and 1,000,000 preferred shares before the registration and the issuance of additional shares of common stock from this Offering. This controlling interest was acquired at a cost substantially below the offering price. Further, some of our Selling Security Holders acquired their shares at a cost of $0.33 and $0.50 per share. Accordingly, purchasers of the shares of common stock offered will bear most of the risk of loss although our control will be maintained by the existing stock owners by virtue of their percentage of stock ownership. IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT WE PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND THE FAILURE TO DO SO WILL HAVE A NEGATIVE IMPACT ON OUR BUSINESS DUE TO THE FACT THAT A NEW COMPETITOR MAY GAIN ENTRY INTO THE MARKETPLACE RESULTING IN A LOSS OF CUSTOMERS, REVENUE AND A SLOW GROWTH PLAN. Our business depends on intellectual and property laws to safeguard our assets. Our intellectual property consists of: (i) computer software and systems design for our call center, (ii) trademark of Fit For Business, (iii) website design for management information systems (to be completed), (iv) design for multimedia training programs (in progress), (v) marketing and promotional literature and materials (ongoing), (vi) account executive and customer service resources, customer service representatives, compact disc and training manuals, (vii) television program pilots and script (initial pilot for thirteen week television program complete, (viii) and customer and prospects list. Our success in defending our intellectual property assets and ensuring that we do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others can be an expensive process, and have a significant effect on our business. Our failure to protect our intellectual property assets, or the infringement on the rights of others could have a negative material effect on us in that we could lose our market advantage that we have over our existing competitors, or a new competitor may gain entry into the market place as a result of obtaining our intellectual property. Due to the increased competition this would create, we would lose our advantage in acquiring and obtaining customers with the subsequent loss in revenue and a slowing down in our growth plans. We are introducing a new concept to our business plan that may not be successful resulting in depletion of our resources. Our business plan calls for the development of a new concept of corporate wellness solutions in which we target a specific market (i.e., industry, business, government and individuals 45 years of age and older). This is to be introduced in Australia and other markets. There is no assurance that we will be successful in introducing this concept. The introduction of this concept consists of the use of our cash reserves which will be depleted if the introduction of this concept is not successful. WE CURRENTLY HAVE ONE LICENSEE THAT PROVIDED $500,000 OF DEFERRED REVENUE FOR THE PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005. We entered into our first license agreement with L.R. Global on August 25, 2004. During the period ended September 30, 2005, due to our delay in completing our capital formation activities (where completion is a verbal condition of our agreement), we recognized $0 revenue from that License Agreement. As of September 30, 2005, L.R. Global owed us $375,250 for unpaid license fees. If we are unsuccessful in our Offering, we will not be able to satisfy the obligation that we have to L.R. Global to have our Common Stock listed on a recognized stock exchange. If the listing on a recognized stock exchange is not accomplished, we believe that we will not be able to collect the remaining license fees owed to us of $375,250, and we will have to renegotiate the terms of our License Agreement, or even cancel the Agreement. This would have a significant adverse impact on us financially, and would decrease our expected cash flows from operations accordingly. 12 USE OF PROCEEDS The net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting estimated offering expenses of $126,000, are estimated to be approximately $4,374,000 assuming the Maximum Offering is sold. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Security Holders. The following sets forth our use of net proceeds based on the maximum raise where we net $4,374,000; a raise where we net $2,700,000; a raise where we net $1,200,000; a raise where we net $700,000; and, a raise where we net $350,000: Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $4,374,000: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ----------- ------------- Purchase of Computer Software and Systems $ 350,000 8.0% Hardware for Call Center (1) Website Design and Enhancement (2) 260,000 5.9% Production - Multi Media Training programs (3) 300,000 6.8% Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand 300,000 6.8% Campaign Costs (4) International market development (5) 1,500,000 34.1% Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $ 200,000 Salaries 975,000 Professional Fees 45,000 Admin Expenses 20,000 Cash Flow Funding 424,000 1,664,000 38.0% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 4,374,000 100.0% =========== ====== (1) Further development of our web based management system including the addition of a call center module. This item includes the provision of the required computing hardware to support the developed software. (2) Development of a web based portal that will include the ability to undertake online e-commerce transactions. (3) Conversion of the current paper based training manuals for our Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives into a self paced multi-media training kit. (4) To secure an advertising and brand building agency to assist FFBI in ensuring that its brand building activities deliver measurable increases in sales. (5) Undertake the research of the potential market, modify the FFBI processes and systems for the market in question, prepare promotional documentation in the language of the market, and undertake relationship building visits to the countries. (6) Represents amounts to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes, including rent expense, corporate overhead including salaries of management, administration and ongoing professional fees. The amount allocated to cash flow funding will be utilized on a needs basis to fund any day to day administrative expenditures such as direct program consumables (the costs of inoculations, pedometers, nutritional supplements, participant awards, and participant information packs) in the course of generating revenues. The Working capital amount is required to fund operations ahead of receiving the revenues that will flow as a consequence of delivery of these services to customers. 13 Prior to revenues from sales being fully able to fund salaries and bonuses, working capital will be used to fund the following salaries of management: - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- Title Name Salary Bonus Term of contract - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- President and Mark A. Poulsen $96,329 Fit For Business Listing bonus Employment Chief Executive (Australia) Pty Limited; $388,250 contract can be Officer $192,658 Fit For Business terminated on International, Inc. four (4) months notice. - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- Senior Vice Anthony F. Head $77,063 On meeting budget Employment President $11,086 contract can be of Sales terminated on four (4) months notice. - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- Vice President of Sandra L. Wendt $42,385 On meeting budget Employment Administration, $3,695 contract can be Chief Financial terminated on Officer, and four (4) months Principal notice. Accounting Officer - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- Senior Vice Prins A. Ralston $131,007 On meeting budget Employment President & Chief $14,782 contract can be Operating Officer terminated on four (4) months notice. - -------------------- ------------------- ----------------------------- --------------------- ----------------- Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $2,700,000: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ------ ------------ Purchase of Computer Software and Systems $ 250,000 9.3% Hardware for Call Center Website Design and Enhancement 160,000 6.0% Production - Multi Media Training programs 90,000 3.3% Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand 300,000 11.1% Campaign Costs International market development 1,000,000 37.0% Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $110,000 Salaries 700,000 Professional Fees 25,000 Admin Expenses 15,000 Cash Flow Funding 50,000 900,000 33.3% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 2,700,000 100.0% =========== ====== For the specific breakdown of each category, see the footnotes above under the category of Net Raise of $4,400,000. 14 Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $1,200,000: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ------ ------------ Purchase of Computer Software and Systems $ 150,000 12.5% Hardware for Call Center Website Design and Enhancement 80,000 6.7% Production - Multi Media Training programs 90,000 7.5% Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand 180,000 15.0% Campaign Costs International market development 210,000 17.5% Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $ 60,000 Salaries 400,000 Professional Fees 0 Admin Expenses 0 Cash Flow Funding 30,000 490,000 40.8% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 1,200,000 100.0% =========== ====== Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $700,000: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ------ ------------ Website Design and Enhancement $ 50,000 7.1% Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand 50,000 7.1% Campaign Costs International market development 110,000 15.8% Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $ 60,000 Salaries 400,000 Professional Fees 0 Admin Expenses 0 Cash Flow Funding 30,000 490,000 70.0% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 700,000 100.0% =========== ====== Use of Proceeds Based on Net Raise of $350,000*: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ------ ------------ Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $ 40,000 Salaries 250,000 Cash Flow Funding 60,000 $ 350,000 100.0% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 350,000 100.0% =========== ====== For the specific breakdown of each category, see the footnotes above under the category of Net Raise of $4,374,000. The foregoing represents our best estimate of our allocation of the net proceeds based upon the current state of our business development and management estimates of current industry conditions. We anticipate, although there can be no assurance, that the net proceeds from an Offering raising $1,000,000 will only allow us to sustain our operations for a period of approximately twelve (12) months. Upon completion of the Maximum Offering of $4,374,000, we believe we will have sufficient financing to operate our business for approximately eighteen (18) months. 15 * If we raise less than $350,000, then the expenditures enumerated in this example will be decreased in a proportionate manner, provided that salaries will be decreased at a rate twice that of cash flow funding and rent expense. Employment positions at our company will be eliminated as necessary to correspond to such a decrease in net proceeds. DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE The initial public offering price of the shares of our common stock has been determined arbitrarily by us and does not necessarily bear any relationship to our book value, assets, past operating results, financial condition or any other established criteria of value. Although our common stock is not listed on a public exchange, we will be filing to obtain a quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board concurrently with the filing of this prospectus. There is no assurance that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, however, there is no assurance that our common stock, once it becomes publicly quoted or listed, will trade at market prices in excess of the initial public offering price as prices for the common stock in any public market which may develop will be determined by the market and may be influenced by many factors, including the depth and liquidity of the market for the common stock, investor perception of us, and general economic and market conditions. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Our common stock is not currently traded on any recognized stock exchange. There is no current public trading market for our shares of common stock. After this Registration Statement becomes effective, we intend to apply for a quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board. There is no assurance that our shares of common stock will be quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. As of January 30, 2006, based on our transfer agent records, we had 84 stockholders holding an aggregate of 20,870,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, 2,000,000 options convertible into 2,000,000 shares of our common stock are held by Fort Street Equity, Inc., Ralston Superannuation Fund, Bruce Gilling, Therese Mulherin, Mark Hoey, Sandra L. Wendt, Keith Appleby, Neil Wendt and Kelly Superannuation Fund. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION The following table sets forth certain information as of January 30, 2006, with respect to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance: (a) (b) (c) -------------------- -------------------- ------------------------ Number of securities remaining available Number of securities for future issuance to be issued upon Weighted-average under equity exercise of exercise price of compensation plans outstanding options, outstanding options, (excluding securities warrants and rights warrants and rights reflected in column (a)) -------------------- -------------------- ------------------------ Equity compensation plans approved by security holders None Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders None Total None DIVIDENDS We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock. It is our present policy to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and growth of our business. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that cash dividends will be paid until our earnings and financial condition justify such dividends. There can be no assurance that we can achieve such earnings. 16 PENNY STOCK CONSIDERATIONS Trading in our securities is subject to the "penny stock" rules. The SEC has adopted regulations that generally define a penny stock to be any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. These rules require that any broker-dealer who recommends our securities to persons other than prior customers and accredited investors, must, prior to the sale, make a special written suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to execute the transaction. Unless an exception is available, the regulations require the delivery, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks associated with trading in the penny stock market. In addition, broker-dealers must disclose commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities they offer. The additional burdens imposed upon broker-dealers by such requirements may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our securities, which could severely limit the market price and liquidity of our securities. Broker-dealers who sell penny stocks to certain types of investors are required to comply with the Commission's regulations concerning the transfer of penny stocks. These regulations require broker-dealers to: o Make a suitability determination prior to selling a penny stock to the purchaser; o Receive the purchaser's written consent to the transaction; and o Provide certain written disclosures to the purchaser. These requirements may restrict the ability of broker-dealers to sell our common stock and may affect your ability to resell our common stock. COMMISSION'S POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment of expenses incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION Forward-Looking Statements The following discussion and analysis provides information which management believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. The discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto appearing in this prospectus. The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results, expectations and plans discussed in these forward-looking statements. Overview Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada corporation in the development stage having a mission to improve the wellness and productivity of people in the workplace. FFBI provides products and services for: (i) corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress and absenteeism issues; and (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age. Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("Subsidiary") was organized as an Australian private company on December 14, 1998, and subsequently began certain marketing studies and corporate awareness programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, Subsidiary initiated a capital formation 17 activity through the private placement of certain convertible promissory notes which provided, through September 14, 2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to the completion of the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary, the liability associated with the convertible promissory notes was assumed by the Company. Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of common stock of FFBI. In addition, in November 2003, Subsidiary commenced a capital formation activity to effect a reverse merger with a corporation validly organized in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, Subsidiary completed a reverse merger with FFBI, and FFBI is currently undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type. Prior to September 14, 2004, Subsidiary, aside from the capital formation and marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a trademark in Australia for its name and related logo, formation of a management team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting fees, travel, and other general and administrative expenses. On September 14, 2004, FFBI entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") with Subsidiary, whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Subsidiary (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company. Both the common stock and the preferred stock of FFBI have a par value of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of Subsidiary control FFBI, and Subsidiary has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and Subsidiary brought forward at their historical bases. Possible Section 5 Violation It is possible that it can be determined that we violated Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 based on the sales of options to purchase our common stock executed by Fort Street Equity and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us. Section 5(c) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer to sell or offer to buy a security unless a registration statement has been filed as to such security. Because Fort Street Equity was acting as an underwriter when it sold the securities acquired from us and of the proximity in time between sales of securities held by Fort Street Equity to third parties and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us, such transactions, taken together, may be viewed as a primary offering by us or on our behalf without an effective registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The transactions that may have caused such a violation of Section 5 are as follows: On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in cash. Since issuance to Fort Street Equity, it sold 100,000 options to Ralston Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005, $2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September 26, 2006. If it is determined that the sales and subsequent loans executed by Fort Street Equity, acting as an underwriter, constitute a primary offering by us or on our behalf in violation of Section 5, then we may be subject to remedial sanctions under the Securities Act of 1933. Such sanctions could include the payment of disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and civil or criminal penalties pursuant to Sections 12(a)(1), 8A, and 24 of the Securities Act. We are not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933. However, in our financial statements we have classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528 of principal, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission. As at January 30, 2006, we do not have the capital or the liquidity to meet such a recession requirement if needed. The claim would may make it more difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to run our business, and would not be viewed favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, this may cause our cessation of business resulting in investors losing their money. 18 We intend to vigorously defend any such claim that such transactions constituted a primary offering by us or on our behalf. Nevertheless, it is possible that a court could determine that we did engage in a primary offering and that we are subject to disgorgement, interest and possible civil penalties. This claim, if successful, would significantly exceed our cash reserves and require us to borrow funds and would materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Therefore, these claims would have a significant impact on us and could force us to consider bankruptcy or a similar alternative with the resulting impact of investors losing their money. Extension of Option Exercise Period The 2,000,000 options originally had an expiration date of December 31, 2005. The Company extended the exercise date of the options until March 31, 2006 based on the following considerations: o The business conditions that existed in May 2005, when the first options were purchased from Fort Street, have not changed significantly in that the Company has only been able to operate in a very limited capacity while undertaking the capital formation activities. As such and as expected, the option holders are yet to benefit from the finalization of the capital formation activities and the full implementation of our plan of operations. o The Company views the cash flow that will be provided by the exercise of these options as an integral part of its capital formation activity in order to implement its plan of operations. As such, it is in the best interests of the Company to extend these options at nil consideration. o As a risk mitigation strategy relating to the possible rescission of the promissory notes and accrued interest as disclosed in the preceding section. In the course of the activities described above, we have sustained operating losses and expect such losses to continue in the foreseeable future. To date, we have not generated sufficient revenues to achieve profitable operations or positive cash flow from operations. As of September 30, 2005, we had a working capital deficit of $(329,198) and an accumulated deficit of $(1,052,326). There is no assurance that profitable operations, if ever achieved, will be sustained on a continuing basis. During the period ended September 30, 2005, we derived revenues from the sale of programs to corporate and living well customers. The report of our independent auditors on our financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2005, contains an explanatory paragraph which indicates that we have recurring losses from operations, and our working capital is insufficient to meet our planned business objectives. This report also states that, because of these losses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. This report and the existence of these recurring losses from operations may make it more difficult for us to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to run our business, and are not viewed favorably by analysts or investors. Furthermore, if we are unable to raise a significant amount of proceeds in this offering, this may cause our cessation of business resulting in investors losing the value of their investment in us. With our main revenues likely to be generated from the sale of our wellness programs to corporations and government departments, we will be concentrating on sales efforts with those corporations most likely to purchase our programs. Market research will be conducted to identify those corporations most likely to purchase our programs following which the sales process can take anywhere from 3 to 12 months to complete. Corporations and government departments class our programs as mainly employee benefits programs. If economic circumstances become tight, corporations tend to reduce their expenditures on employee benefits programs and this will have a detrimental impact on our revenues. Other trends that have a material effect on our revenues, plan of operations and the results of our operations include our market's tendency to be aware of health issues and the desire of the majority of those in our market to maintain or improve their current level of health and personal well being. Currently, those in Australia and New Zealand are very much aware of the importance of good health and physical fitness. Our products and services rely on this awareness and desire. These trends result in part from government education programs and also from social pressures to look well and be physically active. While there is no indication that these trends will decline, there is no assurance that these trends will continue and if they were to cease or become less prevalent, our results will be materially affected. Critical Accounting Policies Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("US GAAP"). In connection with the preparation of the financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and the related 19 disclosure. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time the financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, management reviews our accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 of the notes to financial statements, "Significant Accounting Policies". Certain critical policies are presented below. Revenue Recognition We are in the development stage and have yet to realize significant revenues from planned operations. We have derived revenues principally from the sale of services related to wellness programs, literature and training materials. We have also entered into a license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to provide a distribution network for us, use our logo and software, and market and promote our products and services. Revenue will be derived over the term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions have been met. Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following policies: For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services, fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract terms. For sales of literature and training materials, revenue is realized upon shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company elements related to a customer's order. Orders for literature and materials are evidenced in writing on customer and call center order documents. Payments are provided in cash, check or by credit card at the time orders are placed with us. For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a distribution network for us, the use of our logo, software and training materials, and the rights to market and promote our services. Revenue from such agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions of each specific license once all contract conditions have been met. Payments for licensing fees are generally received at the time the license agreements are executed, unless other terms for delayed payment are documented and agreed to between the parties. Under terms for delayed payment, we may require further assurances of payment under contract terms such as credit report information, and entity and personal guarantees. Internal Web Site Development Costs Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning and operating stages of our web site are expensed as incurred. Under EITF 00-2, costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure development stages are capitalized by us and amortized to expense over the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use Under State of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), we capitalize external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtained internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans incurred for the development of internal-use software. Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS 86"), we capitalize costs associated with the development of certain training software products held for sale when technological feasibility is established. Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are amortized over the useful life of the products from the software release date. Foreign Currency The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is 20 the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). As a result of such currency fluctuations and the conversion to United States dollars for financial reporting purposes, we may experience fluctuations in our operating results on an annual or quarterly basis going forward. We have not in the past, but may in the future, hedge against fluctuations in exchange rates. Future hedging transactions may not successfully mitigate losses caused by currency fluctuations. Accounting for Income Taxes Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax expense provision. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Some of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of cost reimbursement arrangements among related entities, the process of identifying items of revenue and expense that qualify for preferential tax treatment and segregation of foreign and domestic income and expense to avoid double taxation. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of these matters may be different than those presented in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income (loss) in the period in which such determination is made. The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the differences. The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets. The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period. Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax laws. Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the year of the change in estimate. As of September 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax reporting purposes of approximately $1,052,300 that may be offset against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2021-2026. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be offset against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership occurs or a change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has been reported in the financial statements for the realization of loss carryforwards, as the Company believes there is high probability that the carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the loss carryforwards are offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, COMPARED TO THE PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2004. Revenues Total revenues for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to $2,870, or a 52% increase over revenues of $1,884 for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The increase in revenues, resulted from incremental revenues from the sales of wellness programs. Cost of Goods Sold Cost of goods sold increased $156, or 21%, to $893 for the period ended September 30, 2005, when compared to $737 for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The increase was due to additional sales of the Company's Herbalife nutritional products. 21 Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Selling, general and administrative expenses for the period ended September 30, 2005, decreased by 47% to $120,825, when compared to $226,403 for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The decrease from an operational point of view was attributed to cost containment resulting in a decrease relating to non-offering related professional, accounting and consulting fees, advertising and promotion cost, travel, telephone and office expenses. However, additional salaries, compensation and related payroll tax expenses of $13,176 were incurred, compared to the quarter ended September 30 2004. These expenses resulted from the impact of salaries related to employment agreements with officers and directors. The Company also realized $185 in foreign exchange gain adjustments during the period ended September 30, 2005, compared to realized foreign exchange losses of $36,683 for the same period in 2004. In addition, the Company recongnized compensation from the issuance of employee stock options by a principal stockholder of $54,751 during the period. Other Income (Expense) For the period ended September 30, 2005, other (expense) consisted of interest expense of $(1,335) related to accrued interest from promissory notes due to Fort Street. For the same fiscal period ended September 30, 2004, other (expense) consisted of interest expense of $(5,696) related to accrued interest from convertible promissory notes. Net (Loss) Net (loss) for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to $(120,183), compared to $(230,952) for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The reduction of the net (loss) of $(110,769) resulted primarily from the overall decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses, described above and the increase in revenues for the period. Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Australian Currency Translation For the period ended September 30, 2005, comprehensive income related to Australian currency translation amounted to $505, compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(6,209) for the same fiscal period in 2004. Total Comprehensive (Loss) For the period ended September 30, 2005, we experienced a comprehensive (loss) of $(119,678), compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(237,161) for the same fiscal period in 2004. The reduction in the total comprehensive (loss) of $(117,483) resulted primarily from the overall decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses, and the increases in revenues and comprehensive income for the period. Net (Loss) Per Share We incurred a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the period ended September 30, 2005, compared to a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the same period ended September 30, 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the twelve-month period ended September 30, 2005, was 20,870,000, compared to 20,013,973 shares for the same period in 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, reflects the retroactive restatement of shares outstanding from the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004. FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, COMPARED TO THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 2004. Revenues Total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, amounted to $11,053, or a 5,345% increase over revenues of $203 for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The increase in revenues, resulted from incremental revenues from the sales of wellness programs. 22 Cost of Goods Sold Cost of goods sold increased $4,215, or 5,058%, to $4,300 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, when compared to $85 for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The increase was due to additional sales of the Company's Herbalife nutritional products. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses Selling, general and administrative expenses for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, increased by 340% to $537,635, when compared to $122,222 for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The increase was from an operational perspective primarily attributed to additional salaries, compensation and related payroll tax expenses resulting from the addition of administrative staff and the impact of salaries related to employment agreements with officers and directors, and additional expenses related to advertising, training, travel, telephone, office expense, and non-offering related professional, accounting and consulting fees. The Company also realized $45,566 in foreign exchange expense adjustments during the period ended June 30, 2005, compared to realized foreign exchange gains of $15,046 for the same period in 2004. In addition, subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that $112,500 of consulting fees related to services rendered by Messrs. Mitchell Stough (Managing Director of Fort Street Equity) and Kevin Murray in connection with the Company's deemed reverse merger had not been accrued during the year ended June 30, 2005. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, Messrs. Stough and Murray received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at $112,500. The impact of the adjustment increased general and administrative expenses by $112,500 for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net (loss) and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $112,500, respectively, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period increased by $0.01 per share. Also, additional paid-in capital increased by $112,500, and accrued liabilities decreased by the same amount. Other Income (Expense) For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, other (expense) consisted of interest expense of $(6,398) related to accrued interest from convertible promissory notes, and promissory notes due to Fort Street, offset by interest income of $990. For the same fiscal period ended June 30, 2004, other (expense) consisted of interest expense of $(8,160) related to accrued interest from convertible promissory notes. Net (Loss) Net (loss) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, amounted to $(536,308), compared to $(130,264) for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The additional net (loss) of $(406,044) resulted primarily from the overall increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, described above, offset by the increase in revenues for the period. Comprehensive Income (Loss) - Australian Currency Translation For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, comprehensive income related to Australian currency translation amounted to $1,855, compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(6,119) for the same fiscal period in 2004. Total Comprehensive (Loss) For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, we experienced a comprehensive (loss) of $(534,453), compared to a comprehensive (loss) of $(136,383) for the same fiscal period in 2004. The additional total comprehensive (loss) of $(398,070) resulted primarily from the overall increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, offset by the increases in revenues and comprehensive income for the period. Net (Loss) Per Share We incurred a net (loss) per share of $(0.03) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, compared to a net (loss) per share of $(0.01) for the same period ended June 30, 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2005, was 20,235,890, compared to 20,000,000 shares for the same period in 2004. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the twelve-month periods ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, reflects the retroactive restatement of shares outstanding from the reverse merger between FFBI and Subsidiary effected on September 14, 2004. 23 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES As of September 30, 2005, our total current assets were $383,009 and our total current liabilities were $712,207, resulting in a working capital deficit of $(329,198). As of the same date, we also had an accumulated deficit during the development stage of $(1,052,326). We finance our operations with a combination of securities issuances and loans from related parties. As discussed below, we completed a private placement of convertible promissory notes in September 2004, which provided gross proceeds of $365,000. Software development costs as of September 30, 2005, amounted to $39,981 from $6,516 as of September 30, 2004. The increase in software development costs is a result of the development of our web based management information system. We also incurred $7,907 in web site development costs which have been reflected in our financial statements as of September 30, 2005. On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity, loaned $33,273 to us. The amount loaned was for working capital purposes, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. As of February 10, 2006, we had $12,500 of cash resources. Our current cash resources are not sufficient to satisfy our cash requirements over the next 12 months. Our management believes that we have sufficient funds to continue operations through the end of February 2006. On August 25, 2004, our Subsidiary entered into a License Agreement (the "Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"), an Australian corporation acting as trustee for Fit For Business Australia/New Zealand Trust (the "trust"). The principals of L.R. Global are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, and the beneficiaries of the trust are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne. The principals of L.R. Global and the beneficiaries of the trust being the same persons are not related to us, or to our Subsidiary, our officers or directors, except as described herein. L.R. Global is a Herbalife distributor. Under the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global has been granted a non-assignable, non-exclusive license to represent Subsidiary within Australia and New Zealand for a term of ten (10) years in consideration for the payment of a licensing fee in the amount of $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global may use our logo, our web based management information system, marketing and promotional literature, processes, systems, intellectual property and attend FFBI events, for the purpose of generating new customers for us and for training account executives and customer service representatives. Subsequent to the share exchange transaction of September 14, 2004, Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, transferred 500,000 common shares to L.R. Global. The purpose of the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a stockholder, and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the License Agreement. We maintain that the transfer of shares of common stock to L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, was a private transaction between the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement to be recognized in our financial statements. To date, L.R. Global has paid us USD $124,750 of the licensing fee and we agreed to extend to a date within sixty (60) days following the first date on which our common stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange, the balance due us. In addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, have executed personal guarantees for the payment of the balance of the outstanding license fees. The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by us to complete our capital formation activities, including the effective date of this Registration Statement. The principals of L.R. Global have informed us that L.R. Global entered into the License Agreement with the understanding that we would implement our plan of operations (including the completion of our capital formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, we believe that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the License Agreement, and has sufficient operations and financial resources to pay the remaining amount owed to us, (ii) complete payment of the license fee will be accomplished under the terms of the second extension agreement dated June 14, 2005, and (iii) the personal guarantees of the principals of L.R. Global provide sufficient additional assurance of collectibility under Australian law. As of January 30, 2006, there have been no modifications to the second extension agreement to the License Agreement, or changes in any of its terms. The successful implementation of all aspects of the business plan is subject to our ability to be able to raise additional funds from an offering of our common stock through this prospectus. A crucial component of our business strategy is to implement our sales plan in order that we may secure sufficient sales to become profitable. It has been estimated that we will require $180,000 for 24 marketing, promotional and brand campaign costs, in order to effectively implement our sales plan. If we raise less than $1,200,000 through this Offering, we would have to curtail expenditures on recruitment of staff and or on various projects or delay these recruitment actions or projects until funds do become available. The delay in the recruitment of staff or projects will have an impact on our ability to achieve the sales target we seek to attain, and consequently delay the company reaching profitability. Should the funding required to pursue our business strategy not be forthcoming from the aforementioned sources, we may have to explore other avenues of capital formation. In any event, our investors should assume that any additional funding will cause substantial dilution to current stockholders. In addition, we may not be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, if at all. We have estimated that our offering costs will be approximately $126,000. As noted in the financial statements, we have already incurred $118,193 of such offering costs as of September 30, 2005. The balance of our estimated offering costs are $7,807. We will be funding these costs, if needed, by additional borrowings from Fort Street Equity. We do not have any agreements currently in place with Fort Street Equity to assure us that they will lend us these funds. For the purposes of providing working capital, FFBI borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,008 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005, $2,280 on September 14 2005, $5,000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September 26, 2006 (the $7,500 in proceeds from this note were received by us in October 2005). These borrowings were evidenced by a total of nine promissory notes with all but the borrowing of July 1, being in the amounts borrowed. The borrowing of July 1 of $60,240 is evidenced by two promissory notes each of $30,120. The promissory notes all have the same material terms in that they are unsecured, and carry an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the notes, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory notes are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the promissory notes, specifically, December 31, 2009. Our independent auditor has indicated that there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through our planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale of our products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain our operations. The notes to our financial statements include an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Among the reasons cited in the notes as raising substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern are the following: we have incurred operating losses since inception, and our working capital is insufficient to meet our planned business objectives. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to further implement our business plan, raise additional capital and generate revenues. Plan of Operation The detailed plan of operation outlined below is based on a capital raise of $4.374 million. However, since we are a development stage company with no significant operating history and in poor financial condition, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining financing or the amount of the financing may be minimal, and therefore, inadequate to implement our full plan of operations as described below. We have therefore developed five alternative plans of operations depending on financing being raised at the levels of $4.374 million, $2.7 million, $1.2 million, $700,000 and $350,000. These alternate plans involve a scaling back or staged implementation of the $4.374 million plan of operations described in detail below. We have previously identified the main categories of expenditure the proceeds will be applied to in each alternate plan. For example if we were to raise only $350,000 then the following items would be funded: Approximate Approximate Dollar Percentage of Application of Proceeds Amount Net Proceeds - ----------------------- ------ ------------ Working Capital (6) Rent Expense $ 40,000 Salaries 250,000 Cash Flow Funding 60,000 $ 350,000 100.0% ----------- ------ Total.................. $ 350,000 100.0% =========== ====== 25 As a result initiatives described in the full plan of operations that do not relate to the above items will not proceed. At this level of funding, the efforts of all personnel would be directed towards either further capital formation or revenue generation through program sales. The Salaries funding will allow a core group of staff to undertake specific activities as follows: - - Capital raising via alternate sources. - - Actively working with the 67 independent account executives continuing to identify companies to undertake sales presentations to. - - Actively working with the 67 independent account executives researching company leads to ensure they meet an identified set of criteria. - - Approaching the identified companies via our 67 account executives with our sales proposal. - - Closing sales and negotiating contracts. - - Working with the licencee to recruit and train sufficient customer service representatives to implement and deliver on contracts. - - For the business that we win initiating the implementation program via our customer service representatives. - - Continuing to monitor and report to the individuals and corporations consuming our programs. - - Undertaking the necessary administrative support tasks to support the above activities. Further, if we were to raise less than $350,000, then the expenditures enumerated in this example will be decreased in a proportionate manner, provided that salaries will be decreased at a rate twice that of cash flow funding and rent expense. Employment positions at our company will be eliminated as necessary to correspond to such a decrease in net proceeds. Available staff will continue to focus on the two primary activities of capital formation and revenue generation via program sales. As illustrated above, the implementation of the plan of operation is highly dependant on the level and timing of the capital raised. While we had originally contemplated that the implementation of the plan of operations would commence in February 2005 this was based on the capital raising being finalized some months earlier. As our registration statement has not been declared effective when expected and we have been unable to raise the funds registered in this offering to date, we have been unable to pursue our intended plan of operations in the time frame originally anticipated. We have therefore based our plan of operation relative to a point in time after our intended capital raising registered in this offering. Implementation Of The $4.374 Million Plan Of Operations: During the period ended September 30, 2005, we have devoted our activities to the following: o Continuing to further develop our operating infrastructure, as follows: a. Providing input and direction for further wellness program selection, features, benefits and design of programs planned to be supplied to our various target markets. We are identifying other similar Occupational Health and Safety Organizations through internet research and face to face discussions to determine whether we can include their offerings within our programs. In determining if their offerings can be included in our programs, we have regard to such issues as the compatibility, ability to deliver a quality offering, cost of their offerings, the ease of implementation and the results that their offering can deliver to potential customers. b. Establishing which market segments are more likely to be willing consumers of our wellness programs and then developing a marketing approach that is consistent with their purchasing criteria. Training our sales force in the marketing approach necessary to consummate sales to these organizations. c. Recruiting and training further account executives and customer service representatives; and d. Sales. Achievements for the period ended 30 June 2005: Computer Software and Systems: - ----------------------------- Continued implementation of our web based management system for final product release to our Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives. Our international web-based integrated management system combines online and standalone features to allow us and our employees, account executives, customer service representatives and licensees to record, track and report relevant customer information. 1. Calendar & Appointment Functionality 2. Corporate Profile - including goals 26 3. Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of on-going program 4. Employee Follow-up module a. Including call scripts to collect and record information on how employee is performing on program, this includes physical, behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th 21st, and then weekly 5. Product order and reorder - automated a. Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system 6. Reporting system a. To Individual employee for encouragement to show how they are performing against the goals they set b. To the corporation at the aggregate level i. No individual information due to privacy reasons 7. Licensee, Account Executive and Customer Service Representative management a. Ensure all customers are being followed up b. Orders are being placed in a timely manner c. Contract renewals are followed up Website Design and Enhancement: - ------------------------------- Upgraded the web site www.fitforbusiness.com.au to present better information about our programs that is more consistent with our marketing approach of using the website as a tool for promotion especially to corporations. FFBI identified several areas of our web site that were either outdated/changed and/or required additional information. We reviewed all aspects of our site and totally redeveloped a more informative and easy to navigate web site. The site now includes several new sections. We have added further information on Who We are, What we do, Our Approach, Our Nutritional Component, Our Physical Component, and Statistical Information. We now have several specific sections including: About Us Employers Employees Retirees Government Investors Media Links Tools We believe this now explains to a potential customer or investor, in better detail what FFBI does, what the FFBI programs consist of, and what potential they have to assist customers. Marketing, Promotional Literature and Brand: - -------------------------------------------- Engaged a communications consultant on a short term contract to generate press articles and media interactions specifically in relation to our target markets. Updated existing brochures. Speaking Opportunities: - ----------------------- Identified speaking opportunities at business conferences and seminars for the FFBI Senior Executives, however none occurred in this calendar quarter. Thought Leadership/ Editorial Opportunities: - -------------------------------------------- - - Identified leading business management and/or health magazines with the potential for FFBI to contribute a regular column. - - Wrote letters to the Editor responding to articles on issues of business health and fitness. - - Wrote a media release on issues relating to workplace health and fitness. - - Obtained further Testimonials of local customers using FFBI products and programs highlighting the benefits achieved and placed on FFBI website. Pilot TV program - ---------------- It was envisioned that a TV program consisting of 13 by 30 minute episodes, aimed at an audience of 45 years and over would form the basis of the marketing program for the seniors market. The TV program was to cover the following topics: o Health: FFBI will lead in this area using a variety of partner providers and medical experts, including physical, psychological and associated medical areas. o Wellness: FFBI will lead this area using Behavioral Scientists, Occupational Therapists, Nutritionists and Dieticians and fitness experts. o Lifestyle: The people watching this show have the largest interest in maintaining lifestyle and the finances to keep it - this will include such segments as holidays, retreats and spas, recreation and so forth. 27 o Employment: Recognized recruitment agencies to give information on retaining employment, changing roles or re-entering the workforce. o Redundancy: We will be using experts from employee groups, human relations management companies and financial planers to assist in this area. Overcoming the effects of redundancy weigh heavily on not just the bread winner, but also family relationships causing much stress. The process of bringing the TV program to fruition was to initially develop a program concept, which had been shared with a number of corporations who would participate as anchor advertisers of the various segments. Subsequently, a ten minute pilot program has been filmed. The pilot has been then put in the hands of an advertising agency that has taken it to the major free to air commercial channels in Australia. The Commercial TV channel requested an enhanced pilot to be produced. The enhanced pilot was estimated to cost $15,000 to produce. However, as our current financial position does not permit us to expend this amount, the project has been halted pending the completion of capital formation through this prospectus. There are no production agreements or other contracts in place for the development or airing of the TV Pilot or the eventual TV program. Once funds are available as a result of our capital formation activities, we will restart the project. Sales: - ------ - - Identification of market segments that are predisposed to purchasing our programs. - - Identifying companies with the purchasing power within that segment. - - Researching company leads to ensure they meet an identified set of criteria. - - Approaching the identified companies via our account executives with our sales proposal. - - Winning the business - - Initiating the implementation program via our customer service representatives. - - The above process is taking between 1 to 4 months to finalize sales in small businesses and can take 6 to 12 months to finalize in large corporations or government departments. - - Continually monitoring and reporting to the individuals and corporations consuming our programs. - - Continuously improving our internal processes and systems and ensure all account executives and customer service representatives are fully trained with respect to these improvements. An additional two licenses were endeavored to be sold in Australia. The FFBI business and financial modeling has indicated that there should only be three licenses issued in Australia/New Zealand, due to the size of the corporate market place. FFBI has already contracted with one licensee being L.R. Global. Achievements for the period ended September 30 2005: - ---------------------------------------------------- Given the limited resources that we currently have available to us, during the period ending September 30, 2005, we undertook the following activities: a. strategic review of mission, vision, strategies, key projects, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats, competitive advantage; b. increased the number of qualified corporations being targeted in order to secure sales by identifying decision makers within corporations and building relationship with these individuals; c. further refined the materials supporting the sales process such as presentation materials, brochures and newsletters as a result of feedback from sales calls; d. continued the process of capital formation via this prospectus; and e. designed and developed version 2 of our web-based integrated management systems. The plan of operations post-September 2005 is highly dependant on our ability to raise sufficient capital via this prospectus. As such, itemized below is our plan of operations, anticipated activities and expected costs assuming net proceeds from capital formation activities of $4,000,000. If a lesser amount is raised then it will be necessary to reduce both the range and extent of activities undertaken and some timeframes will extend. The period ending three months post-capital formation: Our business objectives for this period are as follows: 28 a. International Market Development - Japan - --------------------------------------------- - - Research and test Japanese market for compatibility in accepting the current configuration of our programs. - - Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in Japan. - - Identify potential new licensees in Japan. - - Sell licenses in Japan. - - Recruit Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives in conjunction with the Licensees in Japan. - - Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the Japanese Licenses. - - Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base management information system to accommodate Japanese nuances. b. Sales - ---------- Recruitment of five full-time employed corporate account executives will commence. Continued sales efforts by existing independent Account Executives targeting corporations. c. Computer Software and Systems - ---------------------------------- Delivery and implementation of version 2 of our web-based integrated management system. d. Program Development - ------------------------ It is expected in-house permanent staff will increase to include a Development Director. We will also initiate new product offerings such as: Physical activity components, (i.e. walking programs) stress management programs (i.e. yoga, meditation, Tai Chi) Inoculations, education programs (i.e. meal planning, cooking lessons) weight management (dietitian, nutritionist) to be included in the programs identified by our collaborate approach with other Occupational Health and Safety Providers. e. Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand - ---------------------------------------------- Continue Marketing and Brand building via press releases, targeted media interaction, and relationship building events. Methods of Achieving Objectives We will be utilizing our current staff, in particular the new Development Director, to deliver on items (a)and (d) and we have estimated that we require $40,000 for research assistance and travel to Japan. The Senior Vice President/Chief Operating Officer will be responsible for the recruitment activity of Item (b) and will engage the services of a professional recruitment firm to assist in this process. It is anticipated that it will cost in the order of $60,000. The sales activity of Item (b) will be achieved by the Senior Vice President of Sales with the assistance of our Licensee, independent account executives, and independent customer service representatives. Item (c) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We entered into a contract with Insource Pty. Ltd. for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development services amounted to $40,502 and includes the delivery and implementation assistance for version 2. Item (e) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of FFBI. Working Capital Expenses It is budgeted that $100,000 will be expended in addition to the above. The period ending 6 months post-capital formation: - -------------------------------------------------- Our business objectives for this period are as follows: a. Computer Software and Systems - ---------------------------------- Specify the call centre module that is to be developed as part of the Web based management information system. Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the Japanese market. 29 b. Website Design and Enhancement - ----------------------------------- Specify and implement the e-commerce components of the web presence. Modify the Web presence to cater for the Japanese market place. c. Multi Media Training programs - ---------------------------------- Specify the requirements in order to change the paper base training programs for our account executives and customer service representatives to a Multi Media base. d. Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand: - ----------------------------------------------- Continue Marketing and Brand building via continued press releases, targeted media interaction and relationship building events. Implement an Awards program to recognize businesses that operate corporate health and awareness programs, particularly those which achieve outstanding productivity improvements or reductions in absenteeism. Partner with Australian State and Federal Governments to recognize public sector employers who achieve in this area. Commence Marketing and Brand building activities in Japan in which we identify corporations within market segments that are predisposed to purchasing our programs and then sell to them. e. International Market Development - ------------------------------------- Continue with the preparation to commence business in Japan. - - Initiate new product offerings to be included in the Fit For Business Japanese programs Commence market development for South Korea as follows: - - Research and test South Korean market for compatibility in accepting the current configuration of our programs. - - Develop marketing approach to sell licenses in South Korea. - - Identify potential new licensees in South Korea. Sell licenses in South Korea. - - Recruit account executives and customer service representatives in conjunction with the Licensees in South Korea. - - Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the South Korean Licensees. - - Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base management information system to accommodate South Korean nuances. f. TV PROGRAM - --------------- Produce the enhanced pilot program. As part of the marketing program, after acceptance of the enhanced pilot by the Australian TV network, we will enter into a production and advertising contract with a single advertising agency specializing in creating and delivering information TV programs, to create and deliver the 13 episode TV program. g. Sales - ---------- The five full-time employed corporate account executives will commence employment and be trained and start to sell our programs to our target markets. The sales process and length of time taken to finalize sales will vary depending on the size and nature of the organization that we are targeting. New Licensee in Australia and Japan would be joining and bringing on between 10 to 15 Independent Account Executives to assist with the sales effort. Method of achieving objectives Items (a) and (b) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We will negotiate a new contract for the delivery of these objectives and anticipate that the cost for this component will be $40,000. Item (c) will require the assistance of a specialized elearning content developer and provider. A specific provider has not been identified at this time. The cost is expected to be $20,000. Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications agency. The cost is expected to be $40,000. Item (e) will be delivered by the Development Director and will require an estimated $70,000 for research assistance and travel. 30 Item (f) will require the assistance of an advertising agency at an expected cost of $15,000 for the production of the enhanced pilot and a further $70,000 as our contribution to the production of the 13 episodes, with the rest of the costs being funded via the sale of advertising by the chosen advertising agency to corporations who will be contributing to the TV program. Item (g) will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales. Working Capital Expenses We have budgeted expenditure for this quarter of $125,000 in addition to the above. The period ending 9 months post-capital formation: - -------------------------------------------------- Our business objectives for this period are as follows: a. Computer Software and Systems - ---------------------------------- Develop and implement the call centre module that is part of the Web based management information system. Enhance the Web Based information system to cater for the South Korean market. b. Website Design and Enhancement - ----------------------------------- Modify the Web presence to cater for the South Korean market place. c. Multi Media Training programs - ---------------------------------- Develop and implement the multi media based training programs for our account executives and customer service representatives. d. Marketing, Promotion Literature and Brand: - ----------------------------------------------- Continue marketing and brand building via continued press releases, targeted media interaction and relationship building events. Commence marketing and brand building activities in South Korea in which we identify corporations within market segments that are predisposed to purchasing our programs and then sell to them. e. International Market Development - ------------------------------------- Commence business in Japan. Continue with the preparation to commence business in South Korea. -- Initiate new product offerings to be included in the Fit For Business South Korean programs. Commence market development for North America as follows: - - Research and test North American market for compatibility in accepting the current configuration of our programs. - - Develop marketing approach to sell licenses into North America. - - Identify potential new licensees in North America. Sell licenses in North America. - - Recruit account executives and customer service representatives in conjunction with the Licensees in North America. - - Refine our marketing and sales process in conjunction with the North American Licensees. - - Specify any required changes to our Web presence and our web base management information system to accommodate North American nuances. f. Sales - ---------- Sales in Australia are expected to be established with consistent program sales and first Japanese sales commencing. It is anticipated that a new Licensee would be joining for Korea and bringing on between 5 and 10 account executives to assist with the Sales effort. Method of achieving objectives Items (a) and (b) will require the assistance of Insource Pty Ltd. We anticipate that the cost for this component will be $70,000. Item (c) will require the assistance of a specialized learning content developer and provider. A specific provider has not been identified at this time. The cost is expected to be $80,000. Item (d) will be achieved through the efforts of the existing full time staff of FFBI and the engagement of a Advertising and Communications agency. The cost is expected to be $90,000. 31 Item (e) will be delivered by the Development Director and will require an estimated $100,000 for research assistance and travel. Item (f) will be achieved and guided by the Senior Vice President of Sales. Working Capital Expenses We have budgeted expenditures for this quarter of $150,000 in addition to the above. Since we are a development stage company with no significant operating history and a poor financial condition, we may be unsuccessful in obtaining financing or the amount of the financing may be minimal, and therefore, inadequate to implement our full plan of operations. We have developed five alternative plans of operations depending on financing being raised at the levels of $4.374 million, $2.7 million, $1.2 million, $700,000 and $350,000. These alternate plans involve a scaling back or staged implementation of the $4.374 million plan of operations described. In the event that we do not receive the full, or partial financing, or our financing is inadequate or if we do not adequately implement an alternative plan of operations that enables us to conduct operations without having received adequate financing, we may have to liquidate our business and undertake any or all of the following actions: 1. Sell or dispose of our assets; 2. Pay our liabilities in order of priority, if we have available cash to pay such liabilities; 3. If any cash remains after we satisfy amounts due to our creditors, distribute any remaining cash to our shareholders in an amount equal to the net market value of our net assets; 4. File a Certificate of Dissolution with the State of Nevada to dissolve our corporation and close our business; 5. Make the appropriate filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission so that we will no longer be required to file periodic and other required reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, if, in fact, we are a reporting company at that time; and 6. Make the appropriate filings with the National Association of Security Dealers to affect a de-listing of our common stock, if, in fact, our common stock is quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board at that time. If we have any liabilities that we are unable to satisfy and we qualify for protection under the US Bankruptcy Code, we may voluntarily file for reorganization under Chapter 11 or liquidation under Chapter 7. Our creditors may also file a Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 bankruptcy action against us. If our creditors or we file for Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 bankruptcy, our creditors will take priority over our shareholders. If we fail to file for bankruptcy under Chapter 7 or Chapter 11 and we have creditors, such creditors may institute proceedings against us seeking forfeiture of our assets, if any. We do not know and cannot determine which, if any, of these actions we may be forced to take. Material commitments for capital expenditure: We have no material commitments for capital expenditures. Off Balance Sheet Arrangements We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. BUSINESS - OUR COMPANY We were organized on May 30, 2001, and incorporated in the State of Nevada on July 31, 2001, under the name Elli Tsab, Inc. We have remained essentially inactive since incorporation except for the issuance of common stock to former officers and directors for services rendered, and the issuance of options to purchase common stock for $10,000 in cash as described below. On May 30, 2001, we issued 5,000,000 shares of our common stock at par value of $.001 per share to former officers and directors of the Company for incorporation services rendered valued at $5,000 and as founders of the Company. 32 We changed our name to Patient Data Corporation on April 15, 2004, and we also increased our authorized capital to 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, each with a par value of $.001 per share. On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. (a Cayman Islands company) to purchase the same number of shares of our common stock for $10,000 in cash. The option period was originally through December 31, 2005. However, it has been extended through March 31, 2006. The exercise price of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the average trading price of our common stock over the preceding ten (10) business days prior to exercise of the options, less a discount of forty (40%) percent. On November 10, 2003, our Subsidiary entered into an agreement with Fort Street Equity, Inc. ("Fort Street") whereby Fort Street would assist with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly organized in the United States with which Subsidiary could realize a deemed reverse merger; and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. Subsidiary paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100. The initial capital formation activity conducted by Subsidiary and Fort Street was not successful due to the fact that the organization and completion of a deemed reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in the United States could not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger, Subsidiary expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering costs. With Fort Street, Subsidiary initiated a second capital formation activity that resulted in the Exchange Agreement as described below, and the current activity to file a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. On September 14, 2004, we entered into an exchange agreement and acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding capital shares of Subsidiary. Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited was incorporated on December 14, 1998, in the State of Queensland, Australia. All shares of Subsidiary were owned by Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Our operations are conducted through our Subsidiary which delivers services and products to the workplace health and safety industry in Australia. In exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of Subsidiary, we issued an aggregate of 15,000,000 of our common shares and 1,000,000 of our preferred shares to the shareholders of Subsidiary, Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. subsequently transferred some of their common shares to other individuals and entities, as detailed herein. In addition, the exchange agreement included the following terms: (1) Mark A. Poulsen would be elected as the only director; (2) the company would change its name to "Fit for Business International, Inc." In this transaction, there were no finders fees paid and no compensation paid, directly or indirectly. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company. On January 13, 2005, we changed our name to Fit For Business International, Inc. in order to better reflect our new business plan. During the year ended June 30, 2005, we entered into a License Agreement with L.R. Global. We have yet to realize any revenues from that License Agreement. The term of the License Agreement with L.R. Global is ten years. Over the period of the license, we expect to realize license fee revenues of $500,000. Our web site is located at www.fitforbusiness.com.au Our business model addresses the alarming health statistics of individuals in westernized countries. For example, the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare last year revealed that 60 per cent(1) of Australian adults are overweight and over 90 per cent(2) have at least one modifiable risk factor for heart, stroke and vascular disease. These statistics are reflected in the Australian workforce(3). Further, the combination of an aging workforce, falling birth rates and increased demand for workers makes it imperative that Corporations guide employees in modifying the risk factors that could prevent them from making a long and productive contribution within the workforce. The Australian National Audit Office has reported that, many businesses have recognized the need to intervene by introducing programs that include absence 33 management techniques such as leave banks and health initiatives such as influenza injections, gym programs, yoga and stress management(4). The US Department of Health and Human Services has reported that innovative employers are providing their employees with a variety of work-site-based health promotion and disease prevention programs. These programs have been shown to improve employee health, increase productivity and yield a significant return on investment for the employer. In their report, "Prevention makes Common Cents" they profile some of the nationally awarded and successful wellness programs in America such as those of Motorola, DaimlerChrysler and Caterpillar and some of the key program features including health risk appraisals, health screenings, targeted education programs, support for employees throughout the process of lifestyle change, smoking cessation, weight management, fitness activities, individual counseling, and tracking/monitoring/reporting(5). The FFBI approach to promoting wellness amongst employees reflects many of the features which have proved successful in corporations like Motorola, DaimlerChrysler and Caterpillar(6). FFBI delivers an integrated work-site based program tailored to the needs of the business. The FFBI program involves the following features: a. health risk assessment, b. health education focused on the identified health risks, c. behavior modification techniques, d. nutritional supplements for optimal nutrition and weight management e. a walking based fitness program, f. individual counseling of employees to support and motivate them as they make positive lifestyle changes, g. smoking cessation program, h. preventative measures such as inoculations, i. regular monitoring of results and reporting. Potential investors should be aware that to date, FFBI does not have any case studies to demonstrate the efficacy of our specific programs in delivering improved wellness to individuals or improved productivity to corporations. FFBI backs all programs with friendly, fully-trained customer service representatives who use state-of-the-art occupational health and safety web based information and communications systems to support, record and report on progress of people on the programs. This ensures ongoing support and encouragement to both the individual and the corporation. It would be FFBIs analysis that within three to five years, workplace wellness programs like those being proposed by FFBI will become the norm(7) as businesses increasingly recognize the benefits of greater productivity, happier employees, less sickness and absenteeism, and a better profitability(8). FFBI's business plan sees it licensing prime distributors, known as "Licensees", in the countries that it targets. The Licensees will need to be very successful long-term business people with existing networks of account executives and customer service representatives. Each account executive and customer service representative will be individually required to contract with FFBI as independent account executives or customer service representatives. FFBI earns its revenues through the licensing fees as well as, on average, earning a 15% margin on programs delivered to corporate customers. The key to the business model is that corporate customers contract with FFBI and pay for the purchase of - --------------------- 1 Australian Heart Foundation, "Heart Stroke & Vascular diseases Australian Facts 2004" pg 2 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=19, visited on 31 May 2005 2 As Above 3 Australian Heart Foundation, "The shifting burden of cardiovascular disease in Australia 2005"pg 26 http://www.heartfoundation.com.au/index.cfm?page=20 4 The Auditor General Audit Report #52 2002-2003, "Absence management in the Australian Public Service" pg 68, 30 June 2003, http://www.anao.gov.au/WebSite.nsf/Publications/BD2FEAB022F0A678CA256D4B000F5DFD 5 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents", Executive Summary, September 2003 http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005 6 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents", Executive Summary, September 2003 http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005 7 US Department of Health and Human Services "Prevention Makes Common Cents", Page 22&23, September 2003 http://aspe.hhsgov/health/prevention/prevention.pdf visited on 31 May 2005 8 Ozminkowski RJ, Ling D, Goetzel RZ, Bruno JA, Rutter KR, Izaac F, Wang S. "Long-term impact of Johnson & Johnson`s health and wellness program on health care utilization and expenditures." Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine. 2002; 44:21-29 34 the programs for their employees. The successful implementation of the business plan will be dependent on our ability to meet the challenges of developing a management team capable of not only the development of the various programs but also brand management and the implementation of specific marketing strategies. These strategies will include the utilization of specific existing distributors currently in the business of marketing nutritional and wellness programs. As well, we will be employing our own account executives to offer our services and programs to our various target markets. Additionally, it will be necessary to educate the target market and build relationships with corporate customers in order to demonstrate the commercial benefits of the Fit For Business wellness programs. Our business plan has two major components or programs which involve products and services for: (1) "Corporate Wellness;" and (2) "Living Well." Market Opportunities The Fit For Business Programs are currently marketed to two major target markets: 1. Corporate Wellness Solutions - targeted to small/medium/large corporations; 2. Living Well Solutions - targeted primarily to retirement village groups and individual seniors. Marketing is conducted via several methods: 1. Targeted media advertising and events; 2. Direct mail; and 3. Relationship marketing Potential investors should be aware that to date FFBI has not conducted any feasibility studies to demonstrate the efficacy of our business strategy. CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM Under this component of the business plan, we are focused on delivering products and services to make the corporate workplace healthier. The goal is that a healthier workplace increases productivity and reduces absenteeism and stress, and therefore, increases bottom line profits for employers. Our main objective is to be a market leader in the Corporate Wellness arena. Our approach to tackling the wellness issues faced by corporations employees is to initially concentrate on nutrition and physical activity to replace bad eating habits with goods ones. FFBI assists the employee to aim to undertake this behavior modification within the first 21 days, usually the length of time taken to break a habit. Following which FFBI can introduce other wellness components of the corporations choice, through FFBI, and our partner providers or through working with providers of the corporations choice - but always monitored and followed up through our web based information system and customer service representatives. FFBI delivers an initial Corporate wellness program that includes: o Profiling of the business including the physical requirements of the major roles within the work place o Introductory seminar on the aims and goals of the FFBI program and on what good nutrition entails o A profile of all individual employees on the program and referral to appropriate medical/service providers o Physical activity program o Nutrition program including menu planning o Non-intrusive follow-up/coaching of all individuals at the 1, 3, 7, 14, 28 days and then monthly o Actively working with employees to monitor and report on progress o Providing ongoing educational material (as agreed) via electronic or hardcopy means 35 The balanced nutritional program provided by FFBI and for which the products are supplied by Herbalife can consist of: o protein, vitamins, minerals, herbs and dietary fibre o B6 supplement o Vitamin and Mineral supplement o Vitamin C Supplement Plus we can provide other targeted products from the Herbalife range of nutritional products: o Florafibre, Natures Raw Guarana, Chitosan, Lifeline - Omega 3, Xtra-Cal, RoseOx (antioxidant), Tang Kuei, Protein powder and so on. FFBI offers a variety of programs which includes the above services and appropriate products, ranging in price from $85.00 (AUS. $115.00) to $210.67 (AUS. $285.00) per individual employee per month. The benefits for corporations undertaking the FFBI programs can include: o that employees feel better about themselves and have more energy; o reduced absenteeism rates; o reduced staff turnover; o improved productivity; and o reduced health services costs. The benefits for individuals undertaking the FFBI programs can include: o Reducing the chance of excess unpaid sick leave; o Improving health which may reduce the cost of personal health/medical expenses; o Savings on the costs of meals; o Having more energy and stamina to meet the demands of work and life in general; and o Having the program costs totally paid for by the employer. Potential investors should be aware that to date FFBI has not conducted any studies to determine the efficacy of our programs and there are no guarantees that our programs will provide the benefits indicated above. Potential corporate customers are identified through a process of gathering and analyzing business information and data by our marketing and account executives. The Corporate Wellness Solution program is then marketed directly to the target companies ("customers") via the account executives. The account executives have previous experience in sales and are trained in the Fit For Business Program methodology on how to approach potential corporate customers, when information is required by customers, how to best present the information, and how to close the sale. We also have a separate training manual, provided on CD to all account executives, which provides detailed training on how each separate market is to be targeted, as well as detailed information on follow up, reporting, and other procedures. Once a corporate customer has agreed to participate in the program, our Account Executive prepare an agreement, with our assistance, to be presented to the customer. On signing of the agreement, the individual employees of the customer are interviewed by our customer service representative to advise the correct program for their use. The customer is then invoiced for the full retail value of three (3) month's program for all employees who will be utilizing the program. The in principle structure of our pricing policy is as follow: a. 40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations, pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant information packs and so forth; b. 10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so forth; c. 35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program; and d. 15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and out of which we pay sales commissions. Each corporate customer's employee receives follow-up at the 1, 3, 7, 14, 21 days and then weekly from the fully trained customer service representative to ensure compliance with the program. This follow-up process ensures that individual employees obtain positive results, assists them in forming positive habits, and helps them to stay on the program, which benefits us as well as the customer. 36 The customer receives initially weekly, and then monthly, reports from the Account Executive showing the progress of the applicants. This information is also recorded onto the Web based Fit For Business Customer Follow-up program. Through the Web based Fit For Business management information system, we are able to gauge the results achieved by the employees of various customers as well as our customer service representatives. CORPORATE WELLNESS SOLUTION PROGRAM The FFBI business model for delivering the wellness solution program to the corporate market place sees: o the FFBI corporate entity delivering the marketing, support and quality assurance services to the sales team; o the sales team comprising the licensee and the independent and employed account executives, undertaking the corporate sales activities and securing sales; o the customer service representatives delivering the services and products to the employees of the corporations. Typically an Account Executive would source the corporations/retirement villages, make the initial contact, present the FFB program, and negotiate the contract. Once the contract is signed off the customer service representative would then "take over" the implementation of the contract and the actual service delivery. The customer service representative would be the one to contact the individual participants, initiate them onto the program and provide the 1 on 1 customer support as part of the FFB customer care program. We envisage that each customer service representative will be able to support up to 150 program participants. (NB once a contract has been negotiated an independent account executive can choose to have the dual role of customer service representative for up to a maximum of 50 program participants at any one time. This has the advantage of keeping the independent account executive in touch with the customer experience.) The directors and officers of FFBI are not Licensees, account executives or customer service representatives. Currently, there are 16 Independent Account Executives and 5 independent customer service representatives out of the total of 67 account executives and customer service representatives who are affiliated with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. Mark A. Poulsen, our CEO and President, is a director and beneficiary of Mark A. Poulsen & Associates. As such Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or income from Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service representatives. No other know affiliations exist between any account executives, customer service representatives and any officers or directors or employees of FFBI. The table below expands on the specific roles played by each party to the FFBI business model. 37 - --------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- FFBI Staff Licensees Account Customer Executives services representatives - --------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- o Develops programs for o Provides an o Researches o Contacts each the market place existing and potential employee of proven group of customers who are corporations o Puts in place strategic Account corporations joining the relationships with executives and program product providers customer o Builds service relationships o Conducts the o Undertakes the Brand representatives with corporations Customer Profile and market building to ascertain activities o Generates sales o Does correct leads for their presentations to program o Provides all of the Account corporations and for the employee marketing and executive finalizes sales promotional collateral o Orders the o Assists the o Once sales products from o Generates sales leads account process is Product Supplier for the account executives complete executives finalize sales allocates o Delivers customer services Products and o Builds relationships o Monitors representatives initiates with the larger performance of to corporations customer onto the customer and assist the account to service their program the account executives executives and employees who are close sales with Customer on FFBI programs o Performs these organizations services followup as per representatives o Monitors customer customer care o Undertake induction and service program on 1st, training of licensees, o FFBI intend to representatives 3rd, 7th, 14th, Account executives and establish a to ensure 21st and customer services compensation services quality weekly representatives plan comprising is maintained thereafter options and o Monitors performance of cash bonuses o Ensures that the account executives which will be corporations and Customer services dependant on renew their representatives total sales contract with volumes of FFBI FFBI o Maintain business model programs through their o It is intended o Provision of web distribution that the Account presence group. Executive service provide customer o Provision of Web based service to information systems at least 50 employees of o Maintain systems and corporations process o Finalizes proposal and contracts with customers o Maintain ISO9001:2000 Quality certification 38 Independent Account Executives have two sources of income: a. Commission on sales - a sliding scale commission for all contracts that commences once an agreed cumulative yearly threshold of $100,000 has been reached. An indicative commission scale is as follows: o 3% for sales up to $1,000,000 o 2% for further sales between $1,000,000 and $2,000,000 o 1% for any further sales above $2,000,000(no maximum cap) b. A per participant fee when also acting as Customer Service Representative for implementing the FFB program for a maximum of 50 participants at any point in time. Independent Customer Service Representatives have one source of income: a. A per participant fee for implementing the FFB program for an agreed number of participants Independent Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives receive compensation from FFB on the basis of every program sold, irrespective of whether the program involves the nutritional supplement component. COMPENSATION PLAN FOR LICENSEES, ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- Fit For Business Licensee Independent Account Independent Customer FFBI Employed Executives* Service Account Executives Representative* & Customer Service Representatives - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- Budgeted to retain 15% Receives 5% Are to receive a Budgeted to receive FFBI will pay an of the retail value of commission from sales commission up to 35% of the annual salary any FFBI Program sales. Herbalife for any which will be retail value of any negotiated at the nutritional product dependent on total FFBI program sale. time of employment. sold as a component volume of sales of May also receive 5% of a FFBI program FFBI programs. May commission from by their account receive 5% Herbalife for any executive or commission from products sold as part customer service Herbalife for any of a FFBI program if representative who nutritional they are a Herbalife are Herbalife products sold as distributor. distributors. part of a FFBI program. - ----------------------- --------------------- -------------------- --------------------- -------------------- * Distinction between Account Executive and Customer Service Representative- typically an Account Executive would source the corporations/retirement villages, make the initial contact, present the FFB program, and negotiate the contract phase. Once this is signed off the Customer Service Representative would then "take over" the contract (NB the Account Executive may choose to maintain this contract himself if it is a small number of programs) he/she would then contact the participants, review their program requirements, order & deliver programs. Initiate them onto the program and provide the 1 on 1 customer support as part of the FFB customer care program. 39 Illustrative Compensation Tables The tables below illustrate the compensation that could be received by independent account executives and independent customer service representatives. Example 1: In the current year the Account Executive has secured one 12 month contract for a standard FFBI Wellness Program with Company A for 200 employees at $1600.00 per participant. The total value of the contract is $320,000. The Account Executive chooses to take on the role of Customer Service Representative for 50 participants. - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Eligible for Value of Sales Number of program Payment per TOTAL REMUNERATION Sales Commission participants participant Commission monitored monitored - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Independent Account Executive Yes(1) $9600 50 35% x $1600 x 50 $37,600 = $28,000 - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Independent Customer Service Representative N/A Nil 150 35% x $1600 x 150 $84,000 = $84,000 - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Example 2: In the current year, the Account Executive has secured a 12 month contract for a FFB Wellness Program (without the nutritional supplements) with Company B for 200 employees at $200.00 per participant. The total value of the contract is $40,000. The Account Executive chooses to take on the role of Customer Service Representative for 50 participants. - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Eligible for Value of Sales Number of Payment per TOTAL REMUNERATION Sales Commission participants participant Commission monitored monitored - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Independent Account Executive No(2) Nil 50 35% x $200 x 50 $3,500 = $3,500 - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ ------------------- Independent Customer Service Representative N/A Nil 150 35% x $200 x 150 $10,500 = $10,500 - ------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------ ------------------- (1) The minimum annual sales threshold of $100,000 has been reached with this one contract so a Sales Commission applies at the 3% rate. (2) The minimum annual sales threshold of $100,000 has not been reached in this example so a Sales Commission does not yet apply. 40 LIVING WELL PROGRAM This component of our business plan is targeted through programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age. The programs consist of a wide range of nutritional supplements, personal care, Physical activity and weight management programs, that promote inner and outer wellness, and a healthy lifestyle. The nutritional products currently utilized within the living well programs are manufactured by Herbalife. 2 (a) Retirement Village Groups Retirement villages and homes are approached directly by Living Well account executives who have been trained on how to approach the retirement villages; what information is required; and how to present it. The Account Executive then organizes a group presentation to the village at a suitable time. Once the presentation is complete, each attendee receives a seniors brochure which includes information on the program and an order form. Once the order is placed by the customer directly with us or via the Living Well account executive, the funds are deposited with us. The Living Well account executive via a customer service representative places the order and initiates the customer onto the customer care program. The in principle structure of our pricing policy is as follow: a. 40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations, pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant information packs and so forth; b. 10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so forth; c. 35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program; and d. 15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and out of which we pay sales commission. 2 (b) Individual Seniors The seniors market is driven solely by our nation wide advertising campaign. We are currently mass marketing the Fit For Business Program in all the states of Australia. We are using free to air and television Pay programs, with advertising slots and a sponsorship campaign. As well as the TV campaign, we are placing ads in the nationally recognized "Seniors" newspapers and magazines. We believe this advertising not only generates customer interest, it also helps create national brand awareness for us. The Fit For Business national call center receives the customer calls in response to the advertisements. Their details are taken by the call center and entered on to the Fit for Business Web Based management information system. Fit For Business then distributes the leads, via the management information system, for each State (there are seven states and two territories in Australia)in Australia to the customer service representatives randomly, dependent on geographic location. The customer service representative then follows up each potential new customer as per the customer follow up program. Once the customer decides to purchase the program, the funds are deposited into our account. The customer service representative places the order and initiates the customer onto the customer care program. The in principle structure of our pricing policy is as follow: a. 40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations, pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant information packs and so forth; b. 10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so forth; c. 35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program; and d. 15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and out of which we pay sales commission. 41 PRODUCTS AND SERVICES The Fit For Business Program provides to our customers, and in the case of corporate customers, to their employees, a unique nutritional component, which is manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. Herbalife has been selected as our nutritional supplement provider because we believe its products are safe, effective, and have a recognized market presence after twenty-four years in the market place. We also believe that the Herbalife products are effective for our customers because of their continuing commitment to enhance their products through research and development. Further, the products manufactured by Herbalife have been selected because we believe they provide a flexible, balanced nutrition program based on the core formulated meal replacement product, which can be tailored to meet individual needs. FFBI does not directly have any relationship with Herbalife Ltd. There is no contractual relationship between Herbalife Ltd. and FFBI. From November 10-15, 2002, our President and CEO, Mark A. Poulsen, and Senior Vice President of Sales, Anthony F. Head, were invited to present the Fit For Business program to the then CEO and Co-President of Herbalife Ltd., Carole Hannah. Our presentation and subsequent meetings were received with great excitement and enthusiasm by all nine Senior Vice Presidents of Herbalife Ltd. As there was no conflict with Herbalife, they encouraged FFBI to proceed with our business plan into the market place. They were of the view that the FFBI programs could only enhance the sales of their product. FFBI is in regular contact with Herbalife Australia to ensure that product supply can be assured to FFBI corporate customers. Mark A Poulsen the President and Chief Executive Officer of FFBI is a Herbalife distributor. Currently the licensees that are being chosen by FFBI to distribute FFBI programs are Herbalife distributors with existing distributor network currently distributing Herbalife products to the domestic market. Herbalife Ltd. utilizes a network marketing model to distribute their products to the domestic market place. Herbalife distributors are independent business people and are not restricted in pursuing any other business or employment opportunities. Some of the Account Executives that the licensees will choose to distribute the FFBI programs may also be existing Herbalife distributors, as will the customers service representatives. OUR BUSINESS STRATEGY Our business strategy is comprised of the following principal elements: Program Branding and Wellness Our initiative is to develop the Fit For Business brand and reputation as a company focused on a complete wellness program and way of life. To bring this message across, we plan to undertake a significant advertising, public relations and branding campaign. 42 Account Executive Expansion, Retention & Training Employed account executives are recruited as any other corporate employee would be via newspapers advertisement or via an employment agency. Employed account executive recruitment is undertaken via selection and interview processes. Independent account executives are recruited through similar mechanisms by the licensees. No fees or inducements of any kind are paid by FFBI for the recruitment of these account executives, other than agreed fees to registered employment agencies. No employed or independent account executives or customer service representatives or any employee of FFBI receives any fees, inducements, or other pecuniary benefits for the recruitment of account executives or any other employee. There are no revenues that can be attributed to the recruitment of account executives. To expand our independent account executive base, we are focusing on implementing programs to ensure account executive retention. Key areas include: provision of more qualified leads to account executives; enhancing our customer service capabilities at our call centers; offering greater business-building opportunities through our web based management information system; creating business support initiatives and better training and educational materials for new account executives to guide them through their first eighteen months; and offering enriched reward and recognition programs. To further support our account executives, a cross-functional sales team will help provide account executives with the best marketing, training, sales and information tools to ensure their success. We recognize that in addition to high-quality programs and a proven account executive compensation plan, the success of our business depends on the training of our account executives. Extensive training opportunities enable account executives to not only develop invaluable business-building and leadership skills, but also to become experts in our programs. By placing a top priority on training, we will build credibility among our account executives and be further established in the industry. We sell account executive kits at a worldwide cost of approximately $59.14 per kit (AUS $80.00), which an individual must purchase in order to become an account executive. This kit includes: o FFBI Letterhead (25 copies) o FFBI Corporate Brochures (6 copies) o FFBI Nutritional Brochures (Herbalife) 6 copies o FFBI Corporate Folders (6 copies) o CD Rom containing all training and proforma documents o Certificate of Registration of Account Executive or Customer Service Representative o Living Well program posters (5 copies) o Living well pamphlets (100 copies) o Corporate Employee Implementation Brochures (20 copies) o Web Based Management system Access codes and instructions o FFBI email address details Sales of account executive kits are not subject to account executive allowances and cash incentives, including commissions and bonuses. Accordingly, we receive the entire retail sales amount from the sale of account executive kits. FIT FOR BUSINESS PROGRAM RETURN AND BUY-BACK POLICIES Our programs include an individual customer employee satisfaction guarantee. Under this guarantee, within 30 days of purchase, any individual employee who is not satisfied with any FFBI program for any reason may return it or any unused portion of any nutritional product to the account executive or customer service representative for a full refund. 43 GEOGRAPHIC PROFILES AND SALES TRENDS. At this time, we have account executives working in Australia and New Zealand. We hope to enter the following markets in 2005, or as soon as possible: Japan South Korea and North America, followed by Singapore, and Hong Kong. However there is no guarantee that we will expand into these markets, or that if we do that we will obtain significant sales. In any new country market we initially expect to target corporations that are favorably disposed to purchasing the FFBI programs. However, subsequent marketing efforts to corporations that are not as favorably disposed to our products, will require greater efforts and time to finalize sales. We believe that a significant factor affecting these sales trends will be the opening of other new country markets within the same geographic region or with the same or similar language or cultural bases. As such when new countries are opened, we expect the sales in existing markets to shift to newly opened markets, resulting in a plateau in sales in the existing markets. This will be caused by existing account executive in existing markets viewing the prospect of being able to market to favorably disposed corporations in the new country markets as being a relatively easier sales proposition than pursuing less favorably disposed corporations in existing markets. a) Our international expansion includes targeting companies that are pre disposed to purchasing our programs. This is done through research on these companies to find out which ones are indeed already pro - active in corporate wellness. b) We will be entering these new markets with a track record and testimonials, which should increase our speed to market. c) We will be employing qualified experienced corporate sales executives that are already connected into the corporate arena in these international markets. MANAGEMENT INFORMATION, INTERNET AND TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS In order to facilitate our continued growth and support account executive activities, we will continually upgrade our web-based management information system and supporting internet and telecommunication systems. These systems will include: (1) local area networks of personal computers, serving our administrative staff; (2) an internet website to provide a variety of online services for account executives, customer service representatives, and potential corporate customers. (3) an international web-based integrated customer management systems, combining online and standalone features, to allow Fit For Business and its employees, account executives, customer service representatives and licensees to record, track and report relevant customer information. 1. Calendar & Appointment Functionality 2. Corporate Profile - including goals 3. Individual Employee Profile - Including Goals of going on program 4. Employee Follow-up module a. Including call scripts to collect & record information on how employee is performing on program, this includes physical, behaviors, and feelings, measurements on the 1st, 3rd, 7th, 14th 28th, and then monthly 5. Product order and reorder - automated a. Interface to Herbalife Ordering procedures/system 6. Reporting system a. To Individual employee for encouragement to show how they are performing against the goals they set b. To the corporation at the aggregate level i. No individual information to privacy reasons 7. Licensee, Account Executive and Customer Service Representative management a. Ensure all customers are being followed up b. Orders are being placed in a timely manner c. Contract renewals are followed up 44 We will continue to invest in our systems in order to strengthen our operating platform. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION General. We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints, as applicable, at the federal, state and local levels, including regulations pertaining to: (1) program claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising by us, as well as claims and advertising by account executives, for which we may be held responsible; (2) our distribution system; (3) transfer pricing and similar regulations that affect the level of taxable income and customs duties; and (4) taxation of account executives, which in some instances may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes and maintain appropriate records. Programs. While there have been no program sales to date by FFBI in the United States it is our intention by February 2006 to commence investigating the North American market place. If our investigations of the north American market prove to be fruitful it is our intension that we would commence program sales in 2006 in the United States. In the United States and other markets we intend to operate in , the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution of the Herbalife nutritional products will be subject to regulation by one or more governmental agencies, but these regulations will need to be complied with by Herbalife - prior to receipt and distribution by FFBI Account Executives and customer service representatives. Prior to commencing operations and prior to making or permitting sales of our programs in some international markets, we may be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from the country's relevant health agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not required, we may seek a favorable opinion of counsel regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate is required, we will work extensively with local authorities in order to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process may require us to present each program and product ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances, arrange for testing of products by local technicians for ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on reformulation of our products or may be unavailable with respect to some programs or some ingredients. Product reformulation or the inability to introduce some programs or ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect on sales. We must also comply with program advertising, labeling and packaging regulations that vary from country to country. Our failure to comply with these regulations can result in our program being removed from sale in a particular market, either temporarily or permanently. In the United States, the FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of our programs, has in the past several years instituted enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies for false and misleading advertising of some of their products. These enforcement actions have resulted in consent decrees and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition, the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials, which we also utilize. We cannot be sure that the FTC will not question our advertising or other operations. In November 1998, the FTC issued a guide for the dietary supplement industry, describing how the FTC applies the law that it administers to advertisements for dietary supplements. It is unclear whether the FTC will subject advertisements of this kind, including our advertisements, to increased surveillance to ensure compliance with the principles set forth in the guide. 45 In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of our account executives also may affect our business because in some countries we may be responsible for our account executives' conduct. In these countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps to ensure that our account executives comply with local regulations. The types of regulated conduct may include: (1) representations concerning our programs; (2) income representations made by us and/or account executives; (3) public media advertisements, which in foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; and (4) sales of programs in markets in which the products have not been approved, licensed or certified for sale. In some markets, it is possible that improper program claims by account executives could result in our programs being reviewed or re-reviewed by regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or placed into another category as to which stricter regulations are applicable. For example inappropriate or improper claims made about nutritional products could see them being reclassified from being a food to a therapeutic good. Such a reclassification would require significantly different registration, labeling and marketing processes being undertaken for such a nutritional product. In addition, we might be required to make advertising and labeling changes. Through our manuals, seminars and other training materials and programs, we attempt to educate our account executives and customer service representatives as to the scope of permissible and impermissible activities for example impermissible activities in some markets may include claiming that our programs can deliver weight reduction or that they will deliver stress relief in the work place or increase the productivity of the workplace. The account executives and customer service representatives are trained to ensure that their activities and claims involving the FFBI programs do not transgress any of the laws of the market in which they operate. We also investigate allegations of account executive misconduct. However, our independent account executives generally are independent contractors, and we are unable to monitor directly all of their activities. As a consequence, we cannot be sure that our account executives comply with applicable regulations. Misconduct by account executives could have a material adverse effect on us in a particular market or in general. For example if the account executive was located in Australia and were to make a proven misleading or deceptive claim, the Australian Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) might open FFBI to a claim for damages consisting of: o compensatory damages for any injury; o damages for any expenses incurred to treat an injury or repair damage to property, including medical expenses; o compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage; o an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and o compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing impairment of earning capacity. We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we predict what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future. They could, however, require: (1) the reformulation of some products not able to be reformulated; (2) imposition of additional record keeping requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the properties of some programs; (4) expanded or different labeling; and (5) additional scientific substantiation regarding product ingredients, safety or usefulness. Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Sources of liability for FFBI will depend on the nature of the activity been undertaken and the jurisdiction that we are operating in. For example in Australia actions in respect of defective services or products are likely to be based in one or more of the following three areas of law: o the Australian Federal Trade Practices Act and comparable legislation in the Australian State and Territory jurisdictions; and o the common law of contract; and o the common law of negligence. 46 Australian Federal Trade Practices Act: The Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth) in broad terms, the objectives of the Trade Practices Act and similar State and Territory legislation are to promote competition and fair trading and provide for consumer protection. The Trade Practices Act covers anti-competitive and unfair market practices, company mergers or acquisitions, product safety and product liability. The section of the Act most likely to affect FFBI is Section 52 which prohibits corporations from engaging in misleading or deceptive conduct in trade or commerce. It prohibits certain false representations, for example, that services or goods are of a particular standard, quality, value, grade, composition, style or model or have a particular history or a particular previous use. Labeling and advertising claims on products are susceptible to challenge under these provisions and must be capable of substantiation. In assessing whether claims are misleading, courts will look at whether the express and implied representations are correct and whether the overall impression is accurate. The Fair Trading Acts of the Australian States and Territories contain similar provisions. This extremely wide-ranging provision has established a norm of conduct which, if breached, can give rise to a variety of remedies for a person who suffers damage. The common law of contract: Where a service or product is supplied by a manufacturer to a supplier or by a supplier to a consumer there will be a contract between the two parties. Australian courts will often be prepared to find that those contracts include implied terms about the quality of the service or product. If those terms are breached then the party which received the service or product will have an action for breach of contract. The common law of negligence: The common law tort of negligence remains an important source of legal rights and responsibilities for service or product liability actions under Australian law. The most significant of the common law remedies against service provider, manufacturers and distributors of defective goods is the law of negligence. Under the law of negligence a plaintiff may recover damages from a defendant if: o the defendant owes the plaintiff a duty of care at law o the defendant breaches that duty by failing to meet the standard of care required by the law; and o the plaintiff suffers damage because of the breach of duty. In Australia it is well settled that a duty of care is owed by the service provider, manufacturer and supplier of goods to the purchaser or user. The common law provides that the service provider ought reasonably have the user in contemplation when considering the issues of design, delivery, safety and distribution. Damages: There are a number of technical differences between the calculation of damages in contract and negligence and under the TPA. However, in broad terms, a successful plaintiff in a service or product liability action will be able to recover: o compensatory damages for any injury o damages for any expenses incurred to treat an injury or repair damage to property, including medical expenses o compensation for any loss of income because of injury or damage o an amount in respect of any costs which will be incurred in the future to treat an injury or repair damage to property; and o compensation for any loss of life expectancy or ongoing impairment of earning capacity. Food: Another area of Law in Australia that can affect the FFBI are the regulation affecting Food as the many nutritional products are registered as a food and not a therapeutic good. The Australian States and Territories have food legislation to regulate the composition, packaging, advertising and labeling of food and the hygiene of food premises and equipment. The Australia New Zealand Food Standards Code is adopted by all the Australian States and Territories. The Code prescribes labeling requirements for all food. Certain statements are prohibited and others are regulated and may only be used in specific circumstances. For example, health and nutrition claims and claims that a food is a food for a specific dietary use are strictly regulated. There is also a general prohibition on the addition of substances to food such as additives, vitamins and minerals, and certain botanicals, unless specifically permitted for a particular food. In addition to the general requirements, the Code sets out prescribed standards for particular foods. Some foods must undergo rigorous safety assessments before they can be made available for sale, for example, novel and genetically modified food. 47 Therapeutic goods: Therapeutic goods must be registered and can only be manufactured by a licensed manufacturer, and must also be included on the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods as either listed or registered goods. There are standards for the manufacture, composition, handling, labeling and advertising of such goods. Therapeutic goods may be assessed for safety and efficacy, depending on the level of risk and the claims made on the product. Distributors of therapeutic goods must hold the relevant level of evidence to support claims made on packaging and in advertising. The legislation also provides a procedure for pre-publication clearance for advertisements of certain therapeutic goods. There are also standards for the labeling of these products. Trade measurement: Australian State and Territory trade measurement legislation also imposes certain labeling requirements for packaged foods and other packaged consumer products. The requirements of the legislation apply to all goods packed for sale in Australia and goods fully imported for sale in Australia, unless specifically exempted from the marking requirements. The legislation also includes offences in relation to short measure of packaged goods. Compliance Procedures. We have instituted formal regulatory compliance measures by developing a system to identify specific complaints against account executives and to remedy any violations by account executives through appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions and, when necessary, terminations. In our manuals, seminars and other training programs and materials, we emphasize that account executives are prohibited from making therapeutic claims. In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and our account executives, we will conduct research into the applicable regulatory framework prior to entering a new market in order to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we would conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel and other representatives. We also research laws applicable to account executive operations and revise or alter our account executive manuals and other training materials and programs to provide account executives with guidelines for operating a business, marketing and distributing our programs and similar matters, as required by applicable regulations in each market. We are unable to monitor our supervisors and account executives effectively to ensure that they refrain from distributing our programs in countries where we have not commenced operations. It is part of our business to anticipate and respond to new and changing regulations and to make corresponding changes in our operations. Although we will devote resources to maintaining our compliance with regulatory constraints in each market, we cannot be sure that (1) we would be found to be in full compliance with applicable regulations in all markets at any given time, or (2) the regulatory authorities in one or more markets will not assert, either retroactively or prospectively or both, that our operations are not in full compliance. Depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a particular market and the changes in our operations that would be necessitated to maintain compliance, these changes could result in our experiencing a material reduction in sales in the market or determining to exit the market altogether. We cannot be sure that this transition would not have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations either in the short or long term. COMPETITION We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of account executives from network marketing organizations, including those that market weight management programs, nutritional supplements, and personal care programs, as well as other types of products. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, and have available considerably greater financial resources than we have. HCG Healthcorp Group, Healthwise Australia, and Corporate Relaxation and Wellness are direct competitors in Australia. Our ability to remain competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and retaining account executives through an attractive compensation plan and other incentives. However, we cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment and retention of account executives will be successful. The business of marketing weight management programs, nutritional supplements, and personal care programs also is highly competitive. This market segment includes numerous manufacturers including: Omega Trend, USANA, Magnatec Inc., and other marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers. The market is highly sensitive to the introduction of new programs or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs that may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. 48 SALES Sales represent the gross sales amounts reflected on our invoices by our account executives. Given our pricing policy is as follow: a. 40% is allocated to direct program consumables, such as inoculations, pedometer, nutritional supplements, participant rewards, participant information packs and so forth; b. 10% is allocated to indirect program cost such an allocation for overheads, quality assurance, management information systems and so forth; c. 35% is allocated to compensate the customer service representatives who implement the program and coach/monitor the individuals on the program; and d. 15% is the gross margin that we aim to attain on any program sales and out of which we pay sales commission. We receive the amount reported as "retail sales," and we monitor the actual retail prices charged for our programs. "Net sales" represent the actual purchase prices paid to us by our customers , less any costs associated with items (a) and (b) above. We receive our sales price in cash, check, direct debit or through credit card payments upon execution of contract with corporations. Our use of "retail sales" in reporting financial and operating data reflects the fundamental role of "retail sales" in our accounting systems, internal controls and operations. The "retail sales" price is used by us to calculate, among other things, bonuses earned by licensees and sales commissions earned by account executives. We rely upon "retail sales" data reflected in daily sales reports to monitor results of operations in each of our markets. CUSTOMERS As of the period September 30, 2005, we had 11 customers who had generated approximately $2,870 of revenue. EMPLOYEES As of January 30, 2006, we had in total 3 employees of which 3 are full-time and are our officers and directors. The part-time employee assists us with office work and reception duties. We have never had a work stoppage, and no employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. We have entered into employment contracts with our employees. INDEPENDENT ACCOUNT EXECUTIVES AND CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES As of January 30, 2006, we have 68 registered independent account executives and customer services representatives across Australia. The independent account executives and customer service representatives are not our agents and have agreed to abide by our code of conduct and quality assured procedures. The FFBI Code of Conduct is intended to regulate the conduct of independent and employed account executives and customers service representatives. FFBI is responsible for administering the Code. To ensure compliance with the Code of Conduct, FFBI may impose an administrative sanction if a breach of the Code is found to have occurred. An administrative sanction may range from a caution through to suspension or the ultimate sanction of dismissal if an employee or cancellation of their contract as an independent contractor. The Code of Conduct is not intended to displace any duty or liability that an account executive or a customer service representative may have under the law of the country in which they are doing business. The objectives of the Code of Conduct are: (a) to establish a proper standard for the conduct of business as an account executive or customer service representative; (b) to set out the minimum attributes and abilities that a person must demonstrate to perform as a account executives and customer service representatives under the Code of Conduct, including: (i) being of good character; (ii) knowing the FFBI programs and products, in sufficient depth to offer sound and comprehensive advice to a customer; (iii)completing continuing professional development as required; (iv) being able to perform diligently and honestly; (v) being able and willing to deal fairly with customers; 49 (vi) having enough knowledge of business procedure to conduct business as an account executive or customer service representative; (vii)properly managing and maintaining customer, employee and retiree records; (c) to require account executives and customer service representatives to be accountable to the customer. The Code of Conduct does not list exhaustively the acts and omissions that may fall short of what is expected of a competent and responsible account executives and customer service representatives. However, the Code of Conduct imposes on an account executives and customer service representatives the overriding duty to act at all times in the lawful interests of the customer. Any conduct falling short of that requirement may make the account executives and customer service representatives liable to dismissal if an employee or cancellation of their contract as an independent contractor. In achieving its mission FFBI looks to provide high quality programs and products to our customers. The quality procedures implemented by FFBI strives to ensure FFBI meets and exceed customer' needs and expectations through fostering a culture of continuous improvement, both at the sales and managerial level, and by cultivating cooperation and mutual respect among employees, independent contractors, customers, and suppliers. FFBI, has developed a quality assurance process that includes systems, methods, and work instructions in accordance with our values and to achieve the following objectives: o Providing effective programs by working continuously to meet the needs, desires, and satisfaction of all customers; o Ensuring that the quality, safety, efficacy, standards are placed, approved, and adhered to; o Ensuring that all policies, operational procedures, and work instructions are constantly revised and evaluated; o Verifying that adequate steps and procedures are placed and implemented to ensure an ongoing process of improvement through the participation and commitment of all employees and independent contractors at all levels; o Supporting the company's quality assurance procedure, by introducing and utilizing the latest technology, innovations and research, to make our programs of the highest quality; and o Developing programs for customers through following cost-effectiveness, well-planning, and systematic methods that enable measuring, evaluating, and achieving program attributes in compliance with the customer requirements. FFBI is strongly committed to the FFBI quality procedures and processes and as proven through the implementation of ISO 9001:2000. LICENSEE AND THE AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND LICENSE AGREEMENT The licensee assists FFBI enter a new market place by making available their: o distribution chain; o experience in the market place; o existing government and business relationships; and o their profile within the wellness industry of the market that FFBI is entering. The licensee main motivator for becoming part of the FFBI business model is to gain the increased retail sales volumes of products and services from corporations and retirement villages, and as such open their existing distribution business to the corporate market segment in addition to continuing to target individual retail customers. The licensees by increasing their sales volumes would increase their revenues and thus their commissions and or overall profitability. For example where the licensee is an existing Herbalife nutritional products distributor, such as our exiting licensee, L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd, they have provided: o an existing group of Herbalife product distributors, who will primarily be supplying these products to individual retail customers. A small number of these distributors have met the selection criteria to become FFBI Account Executives or Customer Service Representatives; o an intimate knowledge and an existing profile of doing business in the Australian and New Zealand market places in which they operate and this has been demonstrated by their business success in these market place; o an existing distribution and supply chain already set up as far as the Herbalife nutritional products are concerned; and o existing corporate and government relationship that they are starting to leverage to get the FFBI programs accepted into the workplaces; 50 In the instance that the licensee is a Herbalife distributor they take up an FFBI license because they see an opportunity to increase their retail sales by using the FFBI model to market to a single corporation that may have a hundred employees rather than to individual retail customers. As such getting an individual corporate customer with a hundred employees can be a more cost and time effective mechanism of generating greater sales of the Herbalife products as opposed to gaining a hundred individual retail customers. Those licensees that are Herbalife distributors are incentivized to join FFBI due to the 5% commission they will receive through all sales of Herbalife products by their Account executives and Customer Service representatives, as well as from receiving 1% of the full value of all contracts signed by their account executives from FFBI. FFBI is willing to sacrifice these opportunities in exchange for revenues generated by the licensing fee and the knowledge that they will be obtaining the service of an established sales force. They will also be in a position to benefit from the branding expenses undertaken by FFBI in the form of advertisements, as well as from the television programs FFBI intends to launch pertaining to its products and services. The value of the license grant of $500,000 is determined on the basis of FFBI delivering the following services to the licensee: [ ] Initial set up fee $50,000 o Assistance with the short listing, interview and selection of up to 10 account executives and 10 customer service representatives to join FFB; o Set up and provision of all office automation and IT systems; [ ] Initial set up fee $100,000 (this may vary depending on the number of locations) o Provision of orientation training for the licensee their 10 Account Executives and 10 customer service representatives including on the rules of conduct, policies, all Information Technology systems, corporate process and quality assurance processes; o A series of hands on workshops on every element of the FFBI programs on offer; o A series of workshop for licensee and Account Executives on developing corporate sales process of the FFBI program; o A series of workshop on developing existing corporate or government relationships and leads of the account executives; o Assisting licensee and their account executives undertake corporate and retirement village presentations; o Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives; [ ] Ongoing annual fee for 10 years of $35,000 o Developing and releasing updates for all corporate policies, systems and processes; o Ongoing training provision; o Generating corporate sales leads for the account executives; and o Hosting annual conference. In August 2004, Subsidiary entered into a non-assignable license agreement with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"). The principals of L.R. Global are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne. The principals of L.R. Global are not related to FFBI, or to its officers and directors except as described herein. Pursuant to the license agreement, L.R. Global has the right, for a period of ten (10) years, to the use of our logo, our web based management information system, marketing and promotional literature, processes, systems, intellectual property and attend FFBI events for the purpose of generating new customers for the Company and for training account executives and customer service representatives. Under the terms of the license agreement, L.R. Global is obligated to pay $500,000 for the grant of the license. L.R. Global will as an independent Herbalife distributor receives a five (5%) percent commission directly from Herbalife on the sales of the Herbalife products generated by L.R. Global as part of any FFBI program sales. The 5% commission is a standard commission paid by Herbalife to independent distributors such as L.R. Global. FFBI has no influence, or agreement, as to what commissions L.R. Global Pty Ltd will receive from Herbalife. This is a matter entirely determined independently through L.R. Global Pty Ltd independent distributor agreement with Herbalife. In connection with the grant of the license agreement, Mark A. Poulsen transferred 500,000 shares of our common stock to L.R. Global. The value of the shares transferred by Mark A. Poulsen was estimated to be $250,000, or $.50 per share. Such value was determined based on the value per share calculated and assigned by the board of directors of the company to certain promissory notes assumed from subsidiary subsequent to the execution of the exchange agreement which were converted into shares of common stock of FFBI in September 2004. 51 Through June 30, 2005, L.R. Global has paid the sum of $124,750. L.R. Global was required to pay the balance of the amount owing by December 31, 2004. L.R. Global was in default of the terms of the License Agreement balance owing to us. In June 2005, L.R. Global paid us USD$7,000 and executed an amended license agreement. The amended license agreement provides for final payment of the balance of the license fee within 60 days after our stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, executed personal guarantees for the balance of the outstanding license fee. FIT FOR BUSINESS IS ISO 9001:2000 CERTIFIED The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is a worldwide federation of national standards bodies from some 100 countries, one from each country. ISO's work results in international agreements which are published as International Standards. ISO 9001:2000 provides an internationally recognized formula for running any operation where quality assurance in the provision of the service is a requirement. The requirements of the ISO 9001:2000 standard are organized into the following five sections: o Quality Management System o Management Responsibility o Resource Management o Product Realization o Measurement, analysis and improvement The Company's quality management system puts in place a system whereby quality has become part of our operation and will continually improve our services and products. The implementation of our quality management system was certified to the Australian/International Standard AS/NZS ISO 9001:2000, and this is the highest certification that can be awarded for a management system and will satisfy all government requirements in Australia and internationally. What makes up our quality management system? o Quality Policy - The Management's commitment to quality o Quality Manual - our overall policy and interpretation of the standard o Detailed Work Instructions - documented procedures on how to complete specific task and training o Job Descriptions - specific tasking to staff members ensuring responsibility and accountability o Company Forms - the approved form used within the company o A procedure for recording and fixing problems o A regular internal check of the system and processes o A regular check by independent auditors of the system and processes PATENTS OR TRADEMARKS OR LICENCES FFBI's "Fit For Business" logo was trademarked and registered in Australia on Oct 15, 1999 for a period of ten (10) years. FFBI does not have any other trademarks, patents or licenses nor is it currently seeking any further intellectual property rights. 52 DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY The Company does not own any real property. We presently have a rent and common area cost sharing agreement with Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. ("Associates") which is a month-to-month arrangement. Mark A. Poulsen is one of our officers and directors. The premises are located at 10/27 Mayneview Street, Milton, Australia. We pay approximately 90% of the costs associated with Associates agreement. This is approximately $1,383 per month. We also have an agreement with Incorp Services, Inc., located at 3155 E. Patrick Lane, Suite 1, Las Vegas, Nevada. This agreement provides us with a "virtual office program." The "virtual office program" provides us with registered agent services in Nevada (since we are a Nevada corporation) and use of certain facilities such as conference rooms and receipt of mail. We do not operate our business from this location. We will pay approximately $1,495 per year for the "virtual office program." LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Neither our parent company nor our subsidiary, or any of their properties, is a party to any pending legal proceeding. We are not aware of any contemplated proceeding by a governmental authority. Also, we do not believe that any director, officer, or affiliate, any owner of record or beneficially of more than five per cent (5%) of the outstanding common stock, or security holder, is a party to any proceeding in which he or she is a party adverse to us or has a material interest adverse to us. MANAGEMENT, DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS The following table sets forth current information about our executive officers and directors Name Age Position - --------------- ---- -------------------------------------------------- Mark A. Poulsen 44 President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors Anthony F. Head 58 Senior Vice President of Sales and Director Prins A. Ralston 41 Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer Sandra L. Wendt 35 Senior Vice President of Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer 53 The following table summarizes the information about our executive officers and Directors previous roles for the last five years. Date of Date of Name Title/Relationship Commencement Cessation Company - --------------- ----------------------- ------------ ----------- -------------------- Mark A. Poulsen Director December- Mark Poulsen & 1989 Ongoing Associates Pty Ltd Managing Director December- Fit For Business 1998 Ongoing (Australia) Pty Ltd President, Chief Executive Officer January- Ongoing Fit For Business & Chairman of the 2005 International, Inc. Board of Directors Sandra L. Wendt Personal Assistant September- December- Mark Poulsen & and Chief 1996 1998 Associates Pty Ltd Financial Officer Chief Financial December- Ongoing Fit For Business Officer 1998 (Australia) Pty Ltd Vice President of Administration, January- Ongoing Fit For Business Chief 2005 International,Inc. Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Anthony F. Head Consultant and Jan 1999 July 2001 Independent Consultant Lecturer Sales Director July 2001 Ongoing Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Ltd Senior Vice President January- Ongoing Fit For Business of Sales & Director 2005 International, Inc. Prins A. Ralston Managing Director December- July 2001 Nexus Energy Limited. 1993 Partner July 1999 February- Clayton Utz Solicitors 2001 and Lawyers Group General Counsel November- November- Ingeus Limited. and Company Secretary 2001 2004 Senior Vice President January- Ongoing Fit For Business and Chief Operating 2005 (Australia) Pty Ltd & Officer Fit For Business International, Inc. 54 Mark A. Poulsen is our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mark started his career as an apprentice carpenter in 1976 in the construction industry. He soon started his own marketing and distribution company Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd, on December 6, 1989, distributing Herbalife products. He has traveled extensively for Herbalife, training over 850,000 individuals from all over the world in areas ranging from sales and marketing, promotion, administration, leadership, life enhancement, and personal development. After 20 years as an independent Herbalife distributor, he could see the market place was changing and could see a need for not only improving corporate health but a real answer to the growing overweight and obesity issues. He commenced development of the Fit For Business concept in 1998. He has spent the last seven years enhancing the Fit for Business concept and programs while continuing his involvement with Herbalife. Since 2000, he has spent the last 5 years building and developing Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Ltd, while still maintaining his Herbalife retail business (Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd.). As Managing Director, his duties include recruiting and building sales networks in approximately 35 countries. Anthony (Tony) F. Head is our Senior Vice President of Sales and Director. He graduated from Monford Sales Personnel Melbourne, he has also completed various courses in Selling & Sales. He has studied Marketing, Lithographic Arts and Computer Technology. Tony started his career in advertising, but soon realized that his vocation was in sales. Commencing his sales career with Cadbury Confectionary in 1978, he moved through the chain of management to taking on career paths inside the organization included marketing and administration roles. Tony moved into the Direct Selling Industry in 1984 working for Shaklee Australia, a large vitamin supplement and cosmetic company. He was responsible for the coordination of Regional Sales Leaders. He then joined Mary Kay Cosmetics from 1986 to 1993 as their Sales Development Director, responsible for recruitment, motivation and education of consultants, presentations, new product launches and public relations. He then joined Herbalife Ltd. as their Director of Communications and Sales for Pacific Rim. Over the next 6 years he was responsible for sales of Herbalife products in: Taiwan, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, and Australia. Tony Head worked for Herbalife Ltd. from 1993 to January 1999. His position was Director of Communications and Sales for the Pacific Rim. His main responsibilities were liaison with Herbalife Distributors, Event Coordination and Reporting. From 1999 to 2001, Tony was consulting to independent marketing distributors, doing guest speaking at meetings and advising on methods of advancement in the direct selling industry. In 2001, he started working for Fit For Business Australia (Pty) Ltd on a consulting basis. He has helped build and train the sales team, prepare presentations and event coordination. Prins A. Ralston is our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Ralston has recently temporarily resigned as our employee since we are not in a position to pay his salary on a full time basis. Therefore, he is presently working as a consultant for us. When we are in a position to pay Mr. Ralston's full time salary, he shall become our full time employee again. Notwithstanding this fact, Mr. Ralston has remained as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Ralston was the General Counsel and Company Secretary of Ingeus Limited (Public unlisted Company in Australia) and its group of companies (which included recruitment company - Clements Recruitment Pty Ltd, corporate health and occupational health and rehabilitation provider - Inergise Australia Pty Ltd, outsourced government unemployment services provider - Work Directions Australia, UK , France and training provider- Invisage Australia Pty Ltd)from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Ralston was a National Partner of the Australian legal firm Clayton Utz from 1999 to 2001. In 2001, he resigned as the Managing Director of an Australian Stock Exchange Listed company, Nexus Energy Limited (Australian Stock Exchange: NXS). Mr Ralston was a Director of Nexus Energy Limited from 1993 to 2001. 55 Mr. Ralston has a significant industry profile being the Chairman of Publications of the UNESCO based International Federation of Information Processing (IFIP) as well as having been Vice President of IFIP and a past President of the Australian Computer Society and the South East Asian Computer Confederation. Sandra L. Wendt is our Senior Vice President of Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. Sandra graduated from high school in 1978, and immediately began working in a stockbroker's office, working her way up to international settlements and accounts department. She then worked in office management for a real estate office, managing their office, and rentals list, dealing with trust accounts and leases. She then moved into the Superannuation Industry, working her way up from Accounts, to Senior Administrator of their in-house Employer Superannuation Fund, and was responsible for over 200 employers and 4,000 employees. Sandra was then promoted to oversee this position as Assistant Manager with over 25 staff under supervision. She started working for Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty Ltd. in 1996; with duties in office management, training and accounting. She attended courses in Web Development and data base design and management, and has used both these skills to her advantage, she has developed business planning, cash flow reporting, budgeting and forecasting, cash management and customer liaison skills. She has developed accounting procedures and is responsible for the financial control (managing cash flow, budgets, income and expense reports and financial and tax reporting) for Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd and Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd.. She has the task of budget forecasting as well as account management on a daily basis. She has also developed and implemented the IS0 9000 :2000 system and maintains this as the Quality Manager of the Company. PROMOTERS Jason Farrell and Dawn Farrell were our founders and, therefore, are deemed to be our promoters. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The following table sets forth information concerning annual and long-term compensation, on an annualized basis for the last three fiscal years, for our President and for each of our other executive officers (the "Named Executive Officers") whose compensation on an annualized basis is anticipated to exceed $100,000 during fiscal 2005. SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE ANNUAL COMPENSATION LONG TERM COMPENSATION SECURITIES RESTRICTED UNDERLYING NAME AND PRINCIPAL FISCAL ANNUAL STOCK OPTIONS ALL OTHER POSITION YEAR SALARY BONUS COMPENSATION AWARDS (NO. OF SHARES) COMPENSATION - -------- ---- ------ ----- ------------ ------ -------------- ------------ 1. Mark Poulsen 2004 $288,986 0 $288,986 0 0 2003 $ 0 0 0 0 0 2. Tony Head 2004 $ 77,063 0 $ 77,063 0 0 2003 $ 0 0 0 0 0 3. Prins Ralston 2004 $131,007 0 $131,007 0 30,000 2003 $ 0 0 0 0 0 4. Sandra Wendt 2004 $ 42,385 0 $ 42,385 0 0 2003 $ 0 0 0 0 0 Compensation of Directors Our directors will not receive compensation for services provided as a member of our Board of Directors or any committee thereof, but directors may be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board and committee meetings. Employment Agreements We presently have entered into the following employment agreements with our management personnel to retain their services. The employment agreements were all entered into on November 29, 2004. However, all of the employees commenced their work for us in 2005. Therefore, no salaries accrued prior to January 2005. Where bonuses are to be paid dependent on meeting budget, the meeting of budget refers to the annual fiscal budget which forecast our sales, revenues, expenses and profit. The annual budget is approved prior to the start of the fiscal year by our Board of Directors. At the end of the fiscal year, our Board of Directors will approve bonuses based on whether the forecast in the budget was met. 56 We entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Poulsen is compensated at the annual rate of $289,986 for services. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of Directors awarded a bonus of approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr. Poulsen within 30 days after the listing of our common stock on the over-the-counter bulletin board. This bonus was awarded and calculated on the basis that Mr. Poulsen would not have drawn a salary or received any remuneration from the inception of him founding the Fit for Business Australia Pty Ltd. in December 1998. As the view of our board of directors was that Mr. Poulsen spent approximately two-thirds of his time over the last six years building the Australian business, the bonus was calculated using Mr. Poulsen's current Australian salary and applied on an approximately two-thirds basis over a period of six years. The payment of the bonus was made contingent on the listing of the common stock and capital raising as this would be the source of funds for the payment of the bonus. Mr. Poulsen's employment agreement does not contemplate the payment of any other bonuses. We entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Ralston is compensated at the annual rate of $131,007. He shall receive an annual bonus of $14,782 if we meet our budget each fiscal year. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock under an option plan, when and if established. Mr. Ralston services were acquired through one of the largest recruiting companies in Australia and the world, Hudson Global Resources, who have office world wide. Hudson Global Resources undertook a extensive global search and advertising campaign to generate a short list of candidates, from which Mr. Ralston was selected following an exhaustive series of tests and interviews. We will be obligated to pay a recruiting fee for the placement of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources amounting to approximately $21,100. Mr. Ralston has no affiliation with Hudson Global Resources other than that he was placed at Ingeus Limited, his previous employer, by them. Mr. Ralston has recently temporarily resigned as our employee since we are not in a position to pay his salary on a full time basis. Therefore, he is presently working as a consultant for us. When we are in a position to pay Mr. Ralston's full time salary, he shall become our full time employee again. Notwithstanding this fact, Mr. Ralston has remained as our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. We entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve as our Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also our Director. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Head is compensated at the annual rate of $77,063. He shall receive an annual bonus of $11,086 if we meet our budget each fiscal year. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. We entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve as our Vice President of Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt is compensated at the annual rate of $42,385. She shall receive an annual bonus of $3,695 if we meet our budget each fiscal year. The Board of FFBI adopted a conflict of interest policy on January 4, 2005. This policy is intended to minimize conflicts of interest by requiring each director to disclose all material interests which may lead to a conflict of interest involving the director or officer's role with FFBI, and has been filed as an exhibit to this Form SB-2. Under the policy, a conflict that has been noted is that: Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company which Mark A. Poulsen is a Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife runs a network marketing systems, under which Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd directly receives 5% of income from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of the nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21 distributors that it has sponsored under the Herbalife networking systems that are also independent FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives (5). As such Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or income from Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service representatives. 57 STOCK OPTIONS To date, we have agreed in the employment agreement with Mr. Ralston to grant him at a future date 30,000 stock options. We have not granted or agreed to grant any other stock options to our directors or officers. On July 25, 2004 we issued 2,000,000 options to purchase common shares to Fort Street Equity Inc. in consideration for $10,000 or $0.005 per option. The options grant Fort Street Equity, Inc. the right to purchase 2,000,000 common shares of our stock at the greater of the market price, as determined under the agreement, less a discount of 40%, or $0.50 per share. The options originally expired on December 31, 2005. However, they have been extended by us until March 31, 2006. Fort Street Equity, Inc., acting as an underwriter, subsequently sold: (i) 100,000 options to the Ralston Superannuation Fund, a related party, for $19,008 on May 10, 2005; (ii) 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, for $15,000 on June 14, 2005; (iii) 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, a related party, for $60,240 on July 1, 2005; (iv) 16,666 options to the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated party, for $5,000 on August 26, 2005; (v) 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, an unrelated party, for $20,000 on August 19, 2005; (vi) 13,420 options to Sandra L. Wendt a related party, for $2,280 on September 14, 2005; (vii) 16,666 options to Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, for $5,000 on September 23, 2005; and (viii) 25,000 options to Neil Wendt, a related party, being the brother-in-law of Sandra L. Wendt, for $7,500 on September 26, 2005. We have not issued any stock options to any officers, directors or staff. PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS The following are the only persons beneficially owning, directly or indirectly, or exercising control or direction over more than 5% of voting rights attached to the shares of our common stock both prior to the Offering and after giving effect to the Offering and the exercise of the options being registered in this Registration Statement: Name and Address Amount and Nature Percent of Percent of Beneficial Owner of Beneficial Class (4)(5) of Class Ownership including Preferred Shares(6) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Mark A. Poulsen 13,780,000(1) 60.25% 10/27 Mayneview Street 63,780,000(7) 89.99% Milton, Queensland, Australia Anthony F. Head 275,000(2) 1.20% .38% 18 Ti Tree Grove Mornington, Victoria, Australia Sandra L. Wendt 100,000(8) 0.44% 0.14% 30 Cambridge Crescent Forest Lake, Queensland, Australia Fort Street Equity, Inc. Box 866 3,210,506(3) 14.03% 4.40% George Town, Grand Cayman Islands Executive Officers and 14,155,000 61.89% Directors as a Group 64,155,000(7) 88.04% (4 Persons) (1) Includes 10,700,000 shares issued to Kamaneal Investments Pty Ltd as trustee for Mark Poulsen Family Trust;1,540,000 issued to Mark Poulsen; 1,540,000 issued to Karen Poulsen. (2) Includes 25,000 shares held by Brenda Head, Anthony Head's wife. (3) Mitchell Stough is the principal of Fort Street Equity, Inc. Fort Street owns 914,000 shares, Mitchell Stough owns 750,000 shares and Kellie Stough, Mitchell's wife, owns 112,500 shares. The line indicating 3,210,506 shares includes the 1,434,006 options that Fort Street Equity holds that convert into 1,434,006 shares of our common stock. The percentage is based on 22,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006 including the 2,000,000 shares underlying the options. 58 (4) Based on 20,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006 plus 2,000,000 options that are convertible to common stock. Therefore, the calculation is based on 22,870,000. (5) Excludes 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares held by Mark A. Poulsen, each preferred share having the right to 50 votes in annual or special meetings of shareholders. (6) Based on 20,870,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006 plus Mr. Poulsen's 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares or 50,000,000 shares of common stock, or an aggregate of 70,870,000. Plus 2,000,000 options that are convertible to common stock. Therefore, the calculation is based on 72,870,000. (7) Assumes inclusion of 50,000,000 shares of common stock based on Mr. Poulsen's ownership of 1,000,000 Series "A" Preferred Shares. (8)Based on 100,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006. DILUTION As of September 30, 2005, the Company had pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $302,361, or $0.01 per share of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the assumed exercise of 1,434,006 stock options held by Fort Street Equity, Inc. and others to acquire a like number of shares of Common Stock. Net tangible book value equals the tangible net worth of the Company (total tangible assets less total liabilities) divided by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of shares of Common Stock at various levels of proceeds as presented in this Offering at the initial offering price of $1.50 per share, after deducting the estimated offering expenses (of which $118,193 of related expenses have been incurred prior to September 30, 2005), the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company and amount per share as of September 30, 2005, would have been approximately as presented in the table below. The following table illustrates the per share dilution at various levels of proceeds from the Offering. Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering ----------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 4,374,000 $ 2,700,000 $ 1,200,000 $ 700,000 $ 350,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Assumed initial public offering price per share (1) $ 1.50 $ 1.50 $ 1.50 $ 1.50 $ 1.50 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Pro forma net tangible book value before the Offering 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Increase attributable to new investors 0.18 0.12 0.06 0.04 0.02 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering 0.19 0.13 0.07 0.05 0.03 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Dilution per share to new investors $ 1.31 $ 1.37 $ 1.43 $ 1.45 $ 1.47 =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== - --------------- (1) Represents the initial public offering price per share of Common Stock before deducting Offering expenses payable by the Company. [See table on next page]. 59 Assumed Net Proceeds Raised Under Offering ----------------------------------------------------------------------- $ 4,374,000 $ 2,700,000 $ 1,200,000 $ 700,000 $ 350,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Shares Purchased: Existing stockholders 22,304,006 22,304,006 22,304,006 22,304,006 22,304,006 New Investors 3,000,000 1,884,000 884,000 550,667 317,333 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals 25,304,006 24,188,006 23,188,006 22,854,673 22,621,339 =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== Percentage: Existing Stockholders 88% 92% 96% 98% 99% New Investors 12% 8% 4% 2% 1% ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== Total Consideration: Existing stockholders $ 302,361 $ 302,361 $ 302,361 $ 302,361 $ 302,361 New Investors 4,500,000 2,826,000 1,326,000 826,000 476,000 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals $ 4,802,361 $ 3,128,361 $ 1,628,361 $ 1,128,361 $ 778,361 =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== Percentage: Existing Stockholders 6% 10% 19% 27% 39% New Investors 94% 90% 81% 73% 61% ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Totals 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% =========== =========== =========== =========== =========== Average Price Per Share: Existing Stockholders $ 0.01 $ 0.01 $ 0.01 $ 0.01 $ 0.01 New Investors 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 The foregoing table reflects the exercise of 1,434,006 options held by Fort Street Equity, Inc. purchase a like number of shares of Common Stock at an assumed purchase price of $0.50 per share. SELLING STOCKHOLDERS We are registering 1,784,000 shares of our common stock by our existing shareholders and an additional 1,434,006 shares of our common stock issuable in connection with outstanding options. The following table sets forth the name of each Selling Security Holder, the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the Selling Security Holders as of January 30, 2006, and the number of shares being offered by each Selling Security Holder. None of the selling security holders listed below are broker-dealers or affiliates of broker-dealers. Any changes to this list of selling security holders will be disclosed via an amendment to this Form SB-2. 60 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Name of Selling Stockholder Shares of Percent of Shares of Common Number of Percent Common Stock Common Stock to be sold Shares of Owned Prior to Shares in the Offering owned after Shares the Offering Owned Prior the Offering owned to the after Offering (1) Offering (3) - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for (KL Notaras Family Trust) (4) 95,000 * 95,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Mushroom Systems International 15,000 * 15,000 0 0 Pty Ltd (10) - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Dean Harrison Family Trust (5) 30,000 * 30,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Jaroluin Pty Ltd (11) 30,000 * 30,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Leigh Troy 30,000 * 30,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Kendal Robinson 15,000 * 15,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Mark Hoey (13) 120,000 * 120,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- GL Ray Enterprises (12) 15,000 * 15,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Roan Lee 30,000 * 30,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- The Credence Superannuation 60,000 * 60,000 0 0 Fund (6) - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Vexa Superannuation Fund (7) 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Boyana & Dragan Aralica 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Heather Kraus 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Wibcara Pty Ltd As Trustee For 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 Kraus Superannuation Fund (8) - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Maria Corry 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Clifford Henkel 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Helen Hughes 40,000 * 40,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Linda Wild 70,000 * 70,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Ann Maree Wood 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Walter Puawai McDermott 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Zainon Binte Ismail 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- James & Joan Stewart as Trustees of the R Stewart Pty Ltd Superannuation Fund (9) 40,000 * 40,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Maxwell Spackman 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Benjamin David Spackman 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Lily Lee Lee Lee 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Robert E. & Valda J. Bradley 20,000 * 20,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Donald Howell Wild 50,000 * 10,000 40,000 .19% - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Denise Linsley-Hayles 10,000 * 10,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Wayne Jobson 40,000 * 40,000 0 0 - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- Fort Street Equity, Inc. (2) 1,776,500 8.51% 2,348,006 862,500 3.33% - --------------------------------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------- ------------- ------- 61 * - Less than 1% (1) Assumes all of the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus are sold and no other shares of common stock are sold during the offering period. The percentage of shares is based on 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2006. (2) Fort Street Equity, Inc. owns 1,434,006 options which may be converted into 1,434,006 shares of our common stock. Up to 1,434,006 of such options are being registered in this prospectus and are not included in the amount of shares owned prior to the offering. Mitchell Stough is the beneficial owner. Fort Street Equity, Inc. holds 914,000 shares; Mitchell Stough owns 750,000 shares and Kellie Stough, Mitchell's wife owns 112,500 shares. The shares being registered are the 914,000 owned by Fort Street and the 1,434,006 shares of common stock underlying the options. (3) Based on 25,870,000 shares issued and outstanding including the 2,000,000 options and the 3,000,000 shares to be offered hereunder. (4) The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are John Kriedemann and Kathleen Notaras. (5) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Dean Harrison. (6) The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Mark and Beverly Sullivan. (7) The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Larisa Markiza Olszewaka and Nicole Louise Lawrence. (8) The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are Peter and Heather Kraus. (9) The beneficial owners who have voting and investment control are James and Joan Stewart. (10) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Warrick Prince. (11) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Inez Hanson. (12) The beneficial owner who has voting and investment control is Graham Ray. Shares Eligible for Future Sale As of January 30, 2006, there are no shares of common stock currently issued and outstanding which are freely tradable without restrictions under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any of our affiliates and any person (or persons whose sales are aggregated) who has beneficially owned his or her restricted shares for at least one year, is entitled to sell in the open market within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of our then outstanding shares of common stock, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain limitations on manner of sale, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about us. Our non-affiliates, who have held their restricted shares for two years are entitled to all their shares under Rule 144 without regard to any of the above limitations, provided they have not been affiliates for the three months preceding such sale. Shares held by shareholders who were promoters or affiliates of the blank check company even after a merger with us, may not be sold in reliance on Rule 144. We are not quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board. Following this offering, no predictions can be made of the effect, if any, of future public sales of restricted securities or the availability of restricted securities for sale in the public market. Moreover, we cannot predict the number of shares of our common stock that may be sold in the future pursuant to Rule 144 because such sales will depend on, among other factors, the market price of our common stock and the individual circumstances of the holders thereof. The availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock under rule 144 could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities. 62 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION The offering of a maximum of 3,000,000 of our common shares is being made on a self-underwritten basis by us through Mark Poulsen and Prins Ralston, our officers and director who will not be paid any commission or other compensation and without the use of securities brokers. Currently, we have not established an underwriting arrangement for the sale of these shares. Messrs. Poulsen and Ralston will be the only persons that will conduct the direct public offering. They intend to offer and sell the shares in the primary offering through their business and personal contacts. There is a possibility that no proceeds will be raised or that if any proceeds are raised, they may not be sufficient to cover the cost of the offering. Messrs. Poulsen and Ralston are the only persons that plan to sell our shares of common stock. They are not registered broker-dealers. They intend to claim reliance on Exchange Act Rule 3a4-1 which provides an exemption from the broker-dealer registration requirements of the Exchange Act for persons associated with an issuer. Specifically, each of them (i) at the time of sale, will not be subject to a statutory disqualification as that term is defined in section 3(a)39 of the Securities Act; (ii) will not be compensated in connection with his participation in the offering by payment of commissions or other remuneration; at the time of participation in the sale of shares, he will not be an associated person of a broker or a dealer; (iii) at the time of participation, will not be an associated person of a broker or dealer; and (iv) pursuant to Rule 3a4-1(a)(4)(ii), each of them will meet all of the following requirements: at the end of the offering, they will perform substantial duties for us, other than in connection with transactions in securities; each of them was not a broker or dealer, or an associated person of a broker or dealer within the last 12 months; and each of them has not participated in, or does not intend to participate in, selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months other than in reliance on paragraph(a)(4)(i) or (iii) of Rule 3a4-1. Our Selling Security Holders may offer their shares during our offering. The Selling Security Holders may sell some or all of their shares immediately after they are registered. There is no restriction on the Selling Security Holders to address the negative effect on the price of your shares due to the concurrent primary and secondary offering. In the event that the Selling Security Holders sell some or all of their shares, which could occur while we are still selling shares directly to investors in this offering, trading prices for the shares could fall below the offering price of the shares. In such event, we may be unable to sell all of the shares to investors, which would negatively impact the offering. As a result, our planned operations may suffer from inadequate working capital. The selling stockholders will sell their common stock at $1.50 per until our shares of common stock are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board (or any other recognized exchange). Thereafter, the selling stockholders may sell their shares at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. Based on this, the purchasers in this offering may be receiving an illiquid security. The selling option holder shares may be sold or distributed from time to time by the selling optionholder or by pledges, donees or transferees of, or successors in interest to, the selling optionholder, directly to one or more purchasers (including pledges) or through brokers, dealers or underwriters who may act solely as agents or may acquire shares as principals, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, at negotiated prices or at fixed prices, which may be changed. The distribution of the shares may be effected in one or more of the following methods: o ordinary brokers transactions, which may include long or short sales, o transactions involving cross or block trades on any securities or market where our common stock is trading, o purchases by brokers, dealers or underwriters as principal and resale by such purchasers for their own accounts pursuant to this prospectus, "at the market" to or through market makers or into an existing market for the common stock, o in other ways not involving market makers or established trading markets, including direct sales to purchasers or sales effected through agents, o through transactions in options, swaps or other derivatives (whether exchange listed or otherwise), or o any combination of the foregoing, or by any other legally available means. 63 In addition, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers who may engage in short sales, if short sales were permitted, of shares in the course of hedging the positions they assume with the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers that require the delivery by such broker-dealers of the shares, which shares may be resold thereafter pursuant to this prospectus. Brokers, dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of the shares may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling stockholders and/or the purchasers of shares for whom such broker-dealers may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal, or both (which compensation as to a particular broker-dealer may be in excess of customary commissions). The selling stockholders and any broker-dealers acting in connection with the sale of the shares hereunder may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, and any commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on the resale of shares as principals may be deemed underwriting compensation under the Securities Act of 1933. Neither the selling stockholders nor we can presently estimate the amount of such compensation. We know of no existing arrangements between the selling stockholders and any other stockholder, broker, dealer, underwriter or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of the Selling Security Holders pursuant to this prospectus. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the registration of the shares, including legal and accounting fees, and such expenses are estimated to be approximately $126,000. We have informed the Selling Security Holders that certain anti-manipulative rules contained in Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 may apply to their sales in the market and have furnished the selling stockholders with a copy of such rules and have informed them of the need for delivery of copies of this prospectus. The selling stockholders may also use Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 to sell the shares if they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of such rule. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS On September 14, 2004, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Subsidiary from Mark A. Poulsen and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of our common stock and 1,000,000 shares of our Series "A" preferred stock which were issued to Mark A. Poulsen and to Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company. Mark A. Poulsen subsequently transferred the following common shares in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act of 1933: Sandra L. Wendt (employee) 100,000 Brenda Head (former employee) 25,000 Jim Cooper (former employee) 25,000 Tony Head & Associates Pty Ltd. (director) 250,000 Andrew Flannigan (former employee) 30,000 Evan Kalaitzis (independent contractor) 10,000 ---------- Total 440,000 ========== In addition, Mark A. Poulsen transferred shares to the following persons and corporations in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(1) of the Securities Act of 1933: Donald Howell Wild 40,000 L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. 500,000 Kellie Stough 112,500 Louise Murray 112,500 ---------- Total 765,000 ========== The shares transferred by Mr. Poulsen are exempt from registration pursuant to the "section 4(1-1/2)" exemption. Under this exemption, where the sale of securities does not amount to a distribution (i.e., a public offering under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933), restricted securities or control securities may be resold in private transactions in reliance upon Section 4(1), regardless of the amount of securities sold and the period of time during which seller had held the securities. 64 Mr. Poulsen's transfer of FFB's shares fall within the "section 4(1-1/2)" exemption because such transfers were private and thus did not amount to a distribution, or public offering under Section 4(2). Generally, the sale of securities is regarded as private when the purchasers are "able to fend for themselves." SEC v. Ralston Purina Co., 346 U.S. 119 (1953). More specifically, a sale will be regarded as private when (i) the number of persons acquiring such securities is small; (ii) the persons acquiring such securities are sophisticated; (iii) the persons acquiring such securities had access to basic information relevant to the decision to purchase the securities being offered; and, (iv) the persons acquiring such shares had the necessary investment intent. In this case, Mr. Poulsen transferred his shares to ten (10) transferees. Such transferees were sophisticated in that they were capable of evaluating the risks associated with the transaction. In addition, information about FFB was made available to the transferees at the time of the transactions. Please note that the SB-2 had not been formulated at the time such transfers took place. Eight out of the ten transferees' relationship to the company have been noted in the SB-2 as being either directors, employees, licensees or contractors to the company. The other two transferees were spouses of persons related to the company. As such all transferees had access to company and financial information. Furthermore, such transferees had the necessary investment intent when they accepted the transfer of the shares. Because the transfer of the shares by Mr. Poulsen did not amount to a distribution, the transactions are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. On September 14, 2004, an advance to us of $7,500 by a former director, Wayne Hoskins, was satisfied by the issuance of 15,000 shares of our common stock provided personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director. On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 for Donald Howell Wild was satisfied by the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided personally by Mark Poulsen, our officer and director. On August 25, 2004, Subsidiary entered into a License Agreement (the "Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd. ("L.R. Global"), an Australian Corporation acting as trustee for Fit For Business Australia/New Zealand Trust (the "trust"). The principals of L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, and the beneficiaries of the trust are Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne. The principals of L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd. and the beneficiaries of the trust being the same persons are not related to the Company, or to Australia, or to its officers and directors except as described herein. Under the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global has been granted a non-assignable license to represent Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited within Australia and New Zealand for a term of ten (10) years in consideration for the payment of a licensing fee in the amount of USD $500,000. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, L.R. Global may use the Company's logo our web based management information system, marketing and promotional literature, processes, systems, intellectual property and attend FFBI events, for the purpose of generating new customers for the Company and for training Account Executives and Customer Service Representatives. Subsequent to the share exchange transaction of Sept 14, 2004, Mark A. Poulsen transferred 500,000 common shares to L.R. Global. To date, L.R. Global has paid USD $124,750 and we agreed to extend until May 31, 2005 the deadline for the payment of the balance of the amount owing to us. In June 2005, L.R. Global paid us $7,000 and executed an amended license agreement. The amended License agreement provides for final payment of the balance of the license fee within 60 days after our stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, the principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, executed personal guarantees for the balance of the outstanding license fee. On September 21, 2004, Subsidiary entered into a contract with Insource Pty. Ltd. for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development services amounted to approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by approximately $10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14 weeks. Further, under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to be made, followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The estimated term of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June 2005, and certain additional features were added to the computerized systems applications. We have classified the asset that has been developed through September 30, 2005, amounting to $39,981, as "Developed software applications" in our financial statements. Mr. Evan Kalaitzis, a Director of Insource Pty. Ltd., is our stockholder. 65 Mitchell Stough is the principal of Fort Street Equity Inc. ("Fort Street"). Kellie Stough, the spouse of Mitchell Stough holds 112,500 shares of our common stock. The shares were transferred to Kellie Stough by Mark Poulsen in consideration for consulting services by Mitchell Stough provided to Subsidiary. In addition, Fort Street Equity Inc. holds 914,000 common shares, and Mitchell Stough holds a further 750,000 shares. Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 100,000 options to the Ralston Superannuation Fund, for $19,008. The beneficiaries of the Ralston Superannuation fund include our Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Prins Ralston. Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, for $60,240. Therese Mulherin is currently employed by us in a part time administrative capacity. Fort Street Equity, Inc. has sold 13,420 options to Sandra L. Wendt, for $2,280. Sandra L. Wendt is our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mark A. Poulsen also transferred 40,000 shares to Mr. Donald Wild. Mr. Wild has assisted Subsidiary in raising capital and has also purchased convertible promissory notes ($10,000). We presently share office rent and other common area costs under an agreement with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. Mr. Poulsen is one of our officers and directors. Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is a company which Mark A. Poulsen is a Director of and through which he runs his Herbalife distributorship. Herbalife runs a network marketing system. Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. directly receives 5% commission from Herbalife, dependant on the volume of the nutritional products sold through distributors who have been sponsored by Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. directly or indirectly through distributors in his network. Sales for the last 3 financial years from July 1, 2002 to June 30, 2005, totaled $7,657. The total commission paid to Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife Ltd. for such sales amounted to $386. Currently, Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. has 21 distributors that it has sponsored under the Herbalife networking systems that are signed up as independent FFBI account executives (16) and customer service representatives (5). As such Mark A. Poulsen should receive some distribution of dividends or income from Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. that have resulted from commissions paid to Mark A. Poulsen and Associates Pty. Ltd. from Herbalife as a result of nutritional products sold by FFBI's independent account executives and customers service representatives. This is a conflict of interest and may result in his allegiance being swayed. Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private entity and a shareholder. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer. See the table below for amounts owed by the Company. Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. See the table below for amounts owed by (due to) the Company. Mark A. and Karen Poulsen incur expenses on behalf of the Company from time to time. Mark A. Poulsen is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. See the table below for amounts owed by the Company. Mr. GL Ray is a shareholder of FFBI. Mr. Ray has provided a working capital loan to the Company as described in the table below. For the amounts due to (from) related parties in the following table, all of the related party transactions presented are for working capital, are non-interest bearing, and have no terms for repayment. 66 Loans Due To (From) Related Parties ----------------------------------- Balance Balance Balance June 30, Loans Payments June 30, Loans Payments June 30, 2003 Received Made 2004 Received Made 2005 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. $ 132,075 $ 11,727 $ (55,541) $ 88,261 $ 71,291 $(156,291) $ 3,261 Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. 3,943 1,300 (32,123) (26,880) 89,029 -- 62,149 Mark A. & Karen Poulsen 326 11 -- 337 408 -- 745 GL Ray -- -- -- -- 4,991 -- 4,991 Wayne Hoskin 11,341 -- (3,841) 7,500 -- (7,500) -- (1) --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Totals $ 147,685 $ 13,038 $ (91,505) $ 69,218 $ 165,719 $(163,791) $ 71,146 ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= Balance Loans Payments Sept. 30, Received Made 2005 --------- --------- --------- Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. $ 5,553 $ -- $ 8,814 Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. -- (15,364) 46,785 Mark A. & Karen Poulsen -- -- 745 GL Ray -- -- 4,991 Wayne Hoskin -- -- -- --------- --------- --------- Totals $ 5,553 $ (15,364) $ 61,335 ========= ========= ========= (1) The amount owed to Mr. Hoskin was paid with the issuance of 15,000 shares of common stock provided by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Office of the Company, from shares obtained under the Exchange Agreement. Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder, is the uncle of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current stockholder. In addition, Mr. Wild is the father of Laraine Richardson, a principal in L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which entity entered into a License Agreement us on August 24, 2004. Mr. Wild also assisted us with the private placement of the notes by marketing the placement, and was responsible for the subscription agreements of several note holders. Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000. The liability to Mr. Wild was satisfied by the transfer of 40,000 shares of our common stock directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, at a value of $.50 per share. We credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen. We completed a private placement of promissory notes to thirty individuals and entities and received proceeds of $365,000. The noteholders subsequently converted the promissory notes to 870,000 shares of our common stock. Of the thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement offering, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part of our independent marketing group) and independent Herbalife distributors, and six of the parties are only independent Herbalife distributors. Mark A. Poulsen is also an independent Herbalife distributor. On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity, loaned $33,273 to us. The amount loaned was for working capital purposes, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES The following is a summary description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, copies of which have been incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibits. Common Stock We are presently authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of $.001 par value common stock. As of January 30, 2006, we had 20,870,000 shares of common stock outstanding. The holders of our common stock are entitled to equal dividends and distributions when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available therefore. No holder of any shares of common stock has a 67 preemptive right to subscribe for any of our securities, nor are any common shares subject to redemption or convertible into other of our securities, except for outstanding options described above. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, the assets will be divided pro-rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote with respect to the election of any director or any other matter upon which shareholders are required or permitted to vote. Holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights, so the holders of more than 50% of the combined shares voting for the election of directors may elect all of the directors if they choose to do so, and, in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to the Board of Directors. Preferred Stock We are authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of $.001 par value preferred stock. As of January 30, 2006, we have issued 1,000,000 preferred shares to Mark Poulsen. Each of the preferred shares carry no dividend rights, no liquidation rights, no pre-emptive rights, no conversion rights and no redemption rights but carry 50 votes in general and special meetings. The remaining 9,000,000 preferred shares have not been issued. Under our Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors will have the power, without further action by the holders of the common stock, to designate the relative rights and preferences of the preferred stock, and to issue the preferred stock in one or more series as designated by the Board of Directors. The designation of rights and preferences could include preferences as to liquidation, redemption and conversion rights, voting rights, dividends or other preferences, any of which may be dilutive of the interest of the holders of the common stock or the preferred stock of any other series. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company without further shareholder action and may adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of common stock. In certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could depress the market price of the common stock. On July 25, 2004, we issued a total of 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. We are registering 1,434,006 of these options owned by Fort Street Equity under this prospectus. Each option provides the option holder the right to purchase one share of our common stock at the greater of: (1) a 40% discount from the average closing bid price of our common stock on a public exchange during the 10 trading days immediately prior to the exercise of the option or (2) $0.50 per share. The options can be exercised at any time until December 31, 2005. We have recently extended the exercise period until March 31, 2006. To date, no options have been exercised. Subsequent to July 25, 2004, Fort Street Equity, Inc., acting as an underwriter, has sold 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 100,000 options to the Ralston Superannuation Fund, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, 16,666 options to the Kelly Superannuation Fund, 13,420 options to Sandra L. Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby, and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE During the three most recent fiscal years including the period ended September 30, 2005, there have been no disagreements with Davis Accounting Group P.C., our independent auditor, on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure. TRANSFER AGENT The transfer agent for our common stock is Standard Transfer & Trust Co., Inc., 2980 S. Rainbow Blvd., Suite 220H Las Vegas, NV 89146. EXPERTS The financial statements included in this prospectus have been audited by Davis Accounting Group, P.C., independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to our recurring losses from operations which raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern), and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. LEGAL MATTERS The validity of our common shares offered will be passed upon for us by Anslow & Jaclin, LLP, Manalapan, New Jersey 07726. 68 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) INDEX TO INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2004 (Unaudited) Financial Statements- Restated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2005...........................F-2 Restated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception..........................................................F-3 Restated Statement of Stockholders' (Deficit) for the Period from Inception Through September 30, 2005....................................F-4 Restated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception.............F-5 Notes to Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception.............F-7 F-1 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED BALANCE SHEET (NOTES 2 AND 3) AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (Unaudited) ASSETS 2005 ----------- Current Assets: Cash on hand and in bank $ 4,564 Accounts Receivable- License fee 375,250 Inventory 3,195 ----------- Total current assets 383,009 ----------- Property and Equipment: Web site development costs 7,907 Office and computer equipment 1,809 Furniture and fixtures 182 Developed software applications 39,981 ----------- 49,879 Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization (7,372) ----------- Net property and equipment 42,507 ----------- Other Assets: Trademark 228 Less - Accumulated amortization (160) Deferred offering costs 118,193 ----------- Total other assets 118,261 ----------- Total Assets $ 543,777 =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) Current Liabilities: Accounts payable - Trade $ 75,558 Accrued liabilities 75,314 Loans from related parties 61,335 Deferred revenue - License fee 500,000 ----------- Total current liabilities 712,207 ----------- Promissory Notes and Accrued Interest Subject to Rescission: Promissory notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc., 5% per annum, due December 31, 2009, and accrued interest 128,019 ----------- Total Liabilities 840,226 ----------- Commitments and Contingencies Stockholders' (Deficit): Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding 1,000 Common stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding 20,870 Additional paid-in capital 771,733 Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) (37,726) (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage (1,052,326) ----------- Total stockholders' (deficit) (296,449) ----------- Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit) $ 543,777 =========== The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this balance sheet. F-2 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (NOTES 2 AND 3) (Unaudited) Three Months Ended September 30, Cumulative ---------------------------- From 2005 2004 Inception ------------ ------------ ------------ Revenues: Sales of products and services $ 2,870 $ 1,884 $ 22,216 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total revenues 2,870 1,884 22,216 ------------ ------------ ------------ Cost of Goods Sold: Cost of goods sold 893 737 8,916 ------------ ------------ ------------ Gross Profit (Loss) 1,977 1,147 13,300 ------------ ------------ ------------ Expenses: Selling, general and administrative- Wages, compensation and related taxes 36,537 23,361 365,717 Legal, accounting and consulting fees 8,529 140,401 244,508 Compensation - Issuance of employee stock options 54,751 -- 54,751 Advertising and promotion 103 10,875 40,317 Depreciation and amortization 2,177 435 7,005 Write-off of deferred offering costs -- -- 79,685 Office rent and common area costs 4,260 -- 20,431 Training and development 681 -- 26,154 Travel, meals and lodging 1,759 7,241 35,014 Other 12,213 7,407 170,906 Realized foreign exchange adjustments (185) 36,683 6,237 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total selling, general and administrative expenses 120,825 226,403 1,050,725 ------------ ------------ ------------ (Loss) from Operations (118,848) (225,256) (1,037,425) Other Income (Expense) (1,335) (5,696) (14,901) Provision for income taxes -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ Net (Loss) $ (120,183) $ (230,952) $ (1,052,326) ------------ ------------ ------------ Comprehensive (Loss): Australian currency translation 505 (6,209) (37,726) ------------ ------------ ------------ Total Comprehensive (Loss) $ (119,678) $ (237,161) $ (1,090,052) ============ ============ ============ (Loss) Per Common Share: (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted $ (0.01) $ (0.01) ============ ============ Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding - Basic and Diluted 20,870,000 20,013,973 ============ ============ The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-3 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (Unaudited) Preferred Stock Common stock --------------------------- --------------------------- Description Shares Amount Shares Amount - ----------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - December 14, 1998 -- $ -- -- $ -- Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 1999 -- -- -- -- Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2000 -- -- -- -- Issuance of common stock for services -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2001 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2002 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2003 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2004 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Stock options issued for cash -- -- -- -- Preferred and common stock issued for deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia 1,000,000 1,000 15,000,000 15,000 Employee compensation paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Loan from former director paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Consulting services paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Promissory notes converted to common stock -- -- 870,000 870 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2005 1,000,000 1,000 20,870,000 20,870 Compensation from stock options issued by principal stockholder -- -- -- -- Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - September 30, 2005 1,000,000 $ 1,000 20,870,000 $ 20,870 ============ ============ ============ ============ (Deficit) Accumulated Accumulated Additional Other During the Paid-in Comprehensive Development Capital (Loss) Stage Totals ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - December 14, 1998 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- Australian currency translation -- (534) -- (534) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (16,960) (16,960) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 1999 -- (534) (16,960) (17,494) Australian currency translation -- 7,472 -- 7,472 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (138,322) (138,322) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2000 -- 6,938 (155,282) (148,344) Issuance of common stock for services -- -- (5,000) -- Australian currency translation -- 25,453 -- 25,453 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (53,529) (53,529) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2001 -- 32,391 (213,811) (176,420) Australian currency translation -- (20,804) -- (20,804) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (32,584) (32,584) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2002 -- 11,587 (246,395) (229,808) Australian currency translation -- (45,554) -- (45,554) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (24,176) (24,176) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2003 -- (33,967) (270,571) (299,538) Australian currency translation -- (6,119) -- (6,119) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (130,264) (130,264) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2004 -- (40,086) (400,835) (435,921) Stock options issued for cash 10,000 -- -- 10,000 Preferred and common stock issued for deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia (30,950) -- 5,000 (9,950) Employee compensation paid by issued shares 220,000 -- -- 220,000 Loan from former director paid by issued shares 7,500 -- -- 7,500 Consulting services paid by issued shares 132,500 -- -- 132,500 Promissory notes converted to common stock 377,932 -- -- 378,802 Australian currency translation -- 1,855 -- 1,855 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (536,308) (536,308) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2005 716,982 (38,231) (932,143) (231,522) Compensation from stock options issued by principal stockholder 54,751 -- -- 54,751 Australian currency translation -- 505 -- 505 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (120,183) (120,183) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - September 30, 2005 $ 771,733 $ (37,726) $ (1,052,326) $ (296,449) ============ ============ ============ ============ The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-4 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (Unaudited) Three Months Ended September 30, Cumulative -------------------------- From 2005 2004 Inception ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating Activities: Net (loss) $ (120,183) $ (230,952) $(1,052,326) Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 2,165 560 7,532 Write-off of deferred offering costs -- -- 77,000 Employee compensation paid by issued shares -- 23,384 220,000 Consulting services paid by issued shares -- 132,500 132,500 Compensation - Issuance of employee stock options 54,751 -- 54,751 Interest on promissory notes converted to paid-in capital -- 5,698 13,801 Changes in net assets and liabilities- Accounts receivable -- 70,430 124,750 Inventory 7 (2,863) (3,195) Accounts payable - trade 23,516 (457) 75,558 Accrued liabilities and other (14,128) 42,349 75,314 Accrued interest subject to rescission 1,491 -- 1,491 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities (52,381) 40,649 (272,824) ----------- ----------- ----------- Investing Activities: Purchases of property and equipment 5 (8) (1,991) Payment for Australian trademark -- (8) (228) Expenditures for web site development costs (2,954) (172) (7,907) Expenditures for software development in progress 90 (6,516) (39,981) ----------- ----------- ----------- Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities (2,859) (6,704) (50,107) ----------- ----------- ----------- Financing Activities: Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes -- 180,000 365,000 Checks in excess of bank balance (1,608) -- -- Proceeds from loans - related parties 5,553 81,015 349,877 Payments on loans - related parties (15,364) (83,868) (288,541) Proceeds from loan - former director -- -- 7,500 Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes subject to rescission 92,478 -- 126,528 Payments of deferred offering costs (25,440) (30,100) (195,193) Proceeds from issuance of capital stock -- -- 50 ----------- ----------- ----------- Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities 55,619 147,047 365,221 ----------- ----------- ----------- Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 505 (6,209) (37,726) ----------- ----------- ----------- Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash 884 174,783 4,564 Cash - Beginning of Period 3,680 136 -- ----------- ----------- ----------- Cash - End of Period $ 4,564 $ 174,919 $ 4,564 =========== =========== =========== The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-5 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 (Unaudited) Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: Cash paid during the period for: Interest $ -- $ -- $ 199 =========== =========== =========== Income taxes $ -- $ -- $ -- =========== =========== =========== Supplemental Information of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities: On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with FFB Australia whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their historical bases. On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of common stock with value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and accrued interest. On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of common stock with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of the Notes and accrued interest. On September 14, 2004, accrued employee compensation of $220,000 was satisfied with the issuance 440,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, a loan to the Company of $7,500 by a former director was satisfied with the issuance of 15,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 were satisfied with the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $112,500 were satisfied with the issuance of 225,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. During the three months ended September 30, 2005, a principal stockholder of the Company issued 290,996 stock options to purchase a like number of shares of common stock to two employees of the Company. The value of the stock options issued amounted to $54,751 which was recorded as a charge to operations as employee compensation, with a corresponding increase in additional paid-in capital. The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-6 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) (1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation and Organization Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada corporation in the development stage of providing products and services for: (i) corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress and absenteeism issues; (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, (iii) nutritional supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife Ltd. ("Herbalife"). The accompanying financial statements of FFBI were prepared from the accounts of the Company under the accrual basis of accounting in United States dollars. In addition, the accompanying financial statements reflect the completion of a deemed reverse merger between FFBI and Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("FFB Australia"), which was effected on September 14, 2004. Prior to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, FFBI was a dormant corporation with no assets or operations (essentially since its organization on May 30, 2001, and incorporation on July 31, 2001). The Company was originally incorporated under the name of Elli Tsab, Inc. On April 7, 2004, the name of the Company was changed to Patient Data Corporation. On January 13, 2005, the name of the Company was again changed to Fit For Business International, Inc. in order to better reflect the current business plan. FFB Australia was organized as an Australian private company on December 14, 1998, and subsequently began certain marketing studies and corporate awareness programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, FFB Australia initiated a capital formation activity through the private placement of certain convertible promissory notes which provided, through September 14, 2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, the liability associated with the convertible promissory notes was assumed by the Company. Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of common stock of FFBI. In addition, in November 2003, FFB Australia commenced a capital formation activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation validly organized in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, FFB Australia completed a deemed reverse merger with the Company, and FFBI is currently undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type. Prior to September 14, 2004, FFB Australia, aside from the capital formation and marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a trademark in Australia for the name and related logo of Fit For Business, formation of a management team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting fees, travel, and other general and administrative expenses. For additional information relating to the development stage activities of the Company, see Note 2. Given that FFB Australia is considered to have acquired FFBI by a deemed reverse merger through an Exchange Agreement (see Note 5), and its stockholders F-7 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) currently have voting control of FFBI, the accompanying financial statements and related disclosures in the notes to financial statements present the financial position as of September 30, 2005, and the operations for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and for the period from inception (December 14, 1998) through September 30, 2005, of FFB Australia under the name of FFBI. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFB Australia and FFBI brought forward at their historical bases. The costs associated with the reverse merger have been expensed as incurred. Unaudited Interim Financial Statements The interim financial statements as of September 30, 2005, for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception are unaudited. However, in the opinion of management, the interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of September 30, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three-month periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception. These results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2006. The accompanying financial statements and notes thereto do not reflect all disclosures required under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Refer to the Company's audited financial statements contained in Form SB-2, Amendment 6 dated October 19, 2005, for additional information, including significant accounting policies. Cash and Cash Equivalents For purposes of reporting within the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties, and all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from a license agreement, employees and related parties, and value added tax refunds. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts sufficient to absorb potential losses on accounts receivable. As of September 30, 2005, and 2004, no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary. While management uses the best information available upon which to base estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used for the purpose of analysis. Revenue Recognition The Company is in the development stage and has yet to realize significant revenues from planned operations. It has derived revenues principally from the sale of services related to wellness programs, and the sale of nutritional products, literature and training materials. The Company has also entered into a license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to provide a distribution network for the Company, use its logo and software, and market and promote its products and services. Revenue will be derived over the term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions have been met. Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following policies: F-8 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services, fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract terms. For sales of literature, training materials, and nutritional products, revenue is realized upon shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company elements related to a customer's order. Orders for literature, materials and nutritional products are evidenced in writing on customer and call center order documents. Payments are provided in cash, check or by credit card at the time orders are placed with the Company. For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a distribution network for the Company, the use of the Company logo, software and training materials, and the rights to market and promote the services of the Company. Revenue from such agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions of each specific license once all contract conditions have been met. Payments for licensing fees are generally received at the time the license agreements are executed, unless other terms for delayed payment are documented and agreed to between the parties. Under terms for delayed payment, the Company may require further assurances of payment under contract terms such as credit report information, and entity and personal guarantees. Internal Web Site Development Costs Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning and operating stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred. Under EITF 00-2, costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure development stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. As of September 30, 2005, FFBI had capitalized $7,907 related to its web site development. Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use Under Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), the Company capitalizes external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtained internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans incurred for the development of internal-use software. As of September 30, 2005, the Company had capitalized $39,981 for projects related to the development of internal-use software. Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS 86"), the Company capitalizes costs associated with the development of certain training software products held for sale when technological feasibility is established. Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are amortized over the useful life of the products from the software release date. F-9 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) As of September 30, 2005, the Company had not undertaken any projects related to the development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise marketed. Trademark The Company obtained a trademark from the government of Australia effective October 15, 1999. The trademark covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo of the Company. The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years. Advertising Costs Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television or magazine advertisements, which are charged to expense when the advertising first takes place. For the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, advertising costs amounted to $103 and $10,875, respectively. Property and Equipment The components of property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment costs are depreciated or amortized for financial reporting purposes over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line method. Useful lives utilized by the Company for calculating depreciation or amortization are as follows: Computer and office equipment 5 years Furniture and fixtures 10 years Internal web site development costs 3 years Developed Software 5 years Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of ("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets and the related estimated remaining lives at each balance sheet date. The Company records an impairment or change in useful life whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. Loss Per Common Share Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to the common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. F-10 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) Deferred Offering Costs The Company defers as other assets the direct incremental costs of raising capital until such time as the offering is completed. At the time of the completion of the offering, the costs are charged against the capital raised. Should the offering be terminated, deferred offering costs are charged to operations during the period in which the offering is terminated (see Note 5). Comprehensive Income (Loss) The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in the financial statements. For the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception (December 14, 1998) through September 30, 2005, the only components of comprehensive income (loss) were the net (loss) for the periods, and the foreign currency translation adjustments. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the differences. The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets. The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period. Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax laws. Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the year of the change in estimate. Foreign Currency Translation The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company F-11 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company estimates the fair value of financial instruments using the available market information and valuation methods. Considerable judgment is required in estimating fair value. Accordingly, the estimates of fair value may not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. As of September 30, 2005, the Company did not have any financial instruments requiring the estimate of fair value. Stock-Based Compensation The Company uses the fair value method to account for non-employee stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"), and FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. Under the fair value method, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The Company accounts for the fair value of stock options granted to employees, or stock options granted by a principal stockholder to employees, under the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, and SAB Topic 5.T., "Accounting for Expenses or Liabilities Paid by Principal Stockholder(s)." During the calendar quarter ended September 30, 2005, Fort Street Equity, Inc., as a principal stockholder, provided stock option grants on behalf of the Company to two employees which are described in Note 5. Concentrations of Risk As of September 30, 2005, the Company had a material off-balance sheet risk with regards to its dependence upon Herbalife as its sole source of supply for the purchase of nutritional supplements related to its planned wellness programs. No customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total revenues for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004. Estimates The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2005, and revenues and expenses for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. F-12 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) (2) Development Stage Activities and Going Concern The Company is in the development stage of providing products and services for corporate business wellness programs; living well programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, nutritional supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. As of September 30, 2005, and subsequent thereto, FFBI had completed organization and reverse merger transactions, initial marketing and corporate awareness programs designed to obtain customers for its products and services, the receipt of a trademark in Australia for the name "Fit For Business", formation of a management team, and other activities related to capital formation, software development, and initial operations. Management of the Company is pursuing various sources of equity financing, and plans to raise approximately $4.5 million through a best efforts self-underwritten public offering of its common stock. The public offering and sale of common stock by officers and directors of the Company will be conducted subsequent to the filing and approval of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The proceeds from the public offering will be used by the Company for the development and production of multi-media training programs, marketing and promotional literature and programs, web site enhancement, purchase of inventory, customer call center and computer hardware and software programs to be used to aid the Company's customer service representatives, and working capital required to hire additional staff and provide for an expected increase in operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in its capital formation and operating activities, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through its planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale of its products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain the operations of the Company. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception, had negative working capital as of September 30, 2005, and the cash resources of the Company are insufficient to meet its planned business objectives. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. (3) Correction of Error Subsequent to September 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that Fort Street Equity, Inc. was a principal stockholder of the Company (see Note 5), and as such, had provided options on behalf of the Company to purchase 290,996 shares of common stock to two employees. The value of the options was determined to be $54,751 under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company corrected the error by recording compensation expense of $54,751 in the accompanying statement of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2005, and by increasing additional paid-in capital by the same amount. The impact of the adjustment increased general and administrative expenses by $54,751. Net (loss) and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $54,751, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period increased by $.01 per share. F-13 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) (4) Convertible Debt In November 2003, FFBI began a capital formation activity through the private placement of up to 200 unsecured convertible promissory notes (the "Note" or "Notes"). Under the terms of the private placement subscription agreement, the minimum unit participation was one unit per Note valued at $5,000. Multiple units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The Notes issued for the units stated a maturity date of November 30, 2004, and provided for an interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, payable upon redemption. None of the Notes were issued to officers, directors, or employees of FFBI. The Notes were convertible into 10,000 shares of common stock per unit at any time prior to maturity at the option of the note holder, or, if called by FFBI, then automatically in the event of a public offering of shares. No value was associated with the conversion feature of the Notes. FFBI structured an incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private placement for the Notes, and provided an additional 1/2 unit of value for each unit subscribed. As such, as of September 14, 2004, FFBI had received and recorded proceeds of $365,000 under the private placement in exchange for the Notes with 87 units for the calculation of conversion into common stock (870,000 shares of common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801. The liability for the Notes was assumed by the Company as a result of the Exchange Agreement. On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its common stock, called and converted Notes with a unit value of 42 units into 420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of common stock for a total of $140,000. Further, on September 29, 2004, the remaining Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and converted by the Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50 per share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The value of the conversion transactions in excess of the par value of the common stock issued, including accrued interest, has been presented as additional paid-in capital in the accompanying balance sheet as of September 30, 2005. (5) Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation Issuance of Common Stock On May 30, 2001, FFBI issued 5,000,000 shares of its common stock to former officers and directors of the Company for services rendered. The value of the services rendered was $5,000. This transaction, along with the accumulated (deficit) of FFBI, made up the components of the reverse merger related to the recapitalization of FFBI common stock. Stock Exchange Agreement On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") with FFB Australia, whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company. Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFBI have a par value of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, F-14 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their historical bases. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company (see Other Transactions below). Conversion of Notes On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of its common stock with a value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4). On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of its common stock with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4). Stock Option Agreement and Stock Options Granted by Principal Stockholder On July 25, 2004, the Company issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. (see below) to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for $10,000 in cash. The option period was initially through December 31, 2005, but was subsequently extended to March 31, 2006, by the Board of Directors of the Company. The exercise price of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the average trading price of the Company's common stock over the preceding ten business days prior to exercise of the options, less a discount of 40 percent. During the calendar quarter ended September 30, 2005, Fort Street Equity, Inc., as a principal stockholder and holder of 2,000,000 stock options to purchase common stock of the Company described above, provided stock option grants totaling 290,996 options on behalf of the Company to two employees to acquire a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. The principal stockholder charged the grantees a total of $62,520 to acquire the options. The proceeds from the option transactions were subsequently loaned by the principal stockholder to the Company for working capital purposes under the terms of three promissory notes which are described in Note 10. The exercise price of each option granted amounted to $0.50, which equaled the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of each stock option grant. On the dates of grant, the stock options were fully-vested and exercisable. The initial expiration date of the options granted was December 31, 2005. However, such date was subsequently extended to March 31, 2006, by the Board of Directors of the Company. The fair value of each option was estimated on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: Average Expected Expected Employee/ Life Risk-Free Volatility of Dividend Nonemployee of the Interest Rate Stock Yield Exit Rate Options ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- --------------- 3.81% 135.3% 0% 0% 43.9% of 1 year F-15 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) Total compensation expense for the period ended September 30, 2005, amounted to $54,751. This amount has been charged to operations and recognized as a contribution to additional paid-in capital for the period. The following tables summarize information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of September 30, 2005: Stock Options Outstanding --------------------------------------------- Weighted-Ave. Number of Remaining Weighted-Ave. Exercise Shares Contractual Exercise Price Outstanding Life in Years Price ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- $0.50 2,000,000 0.5 $0.50 Stock Options Exercisable --------------------------------------------- Range of Number of Weighted-Ave. Exercise Shares Exercise Prices Excercisable Price ------------- ------------- ------------- $0.50 2,000,000 $0.50 Other Transactions From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. Mr. Poulsen also issued shares of common stock that he received from the Exchange Agreement to satisfy the liabilities of the Company assumed by FFBI related to the compensation of six individuals. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of such liabilities by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. The Company also owed Wayne Hoskin, a former director of the Company, the amount of $7,500 as of September 14, 2004. The obligation resulted from a loan made to the Company. Mr. Hoskin agreed to accept 15,000 shares of common stock of FFBI in full satisfaction of this obligation. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, Mr. Hoskin received 15,000 shares of common stock valued at $7,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. The Company also owed Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company, the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related to the private placement of Notes (see Note 4). From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received 40,000 shares of common stock valued at $20,000. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. F-16 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) The Company also owed Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray, consultants engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement, the amount of $112,500 for services rendered. Messrs. Stough and Murray were engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement under separate letter agreements with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Messrs. Stough and Murray, through their respective nominees, received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at $112,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. Mr. Stough is the Managing Director of Fort Street Equity, Inc. (see Capital Formation Activity below). Capital Formation Activity On November 10, 2003, FFBI entered into an agreement with Fort Street Equity, Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would assist FFBI with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly organized in the United States with which the Company could realize a deemed reverse merger; and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. FFBI paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100. The initial capital formation activity conducted by FFBI and Fort Street was not successful due to the fact that the organization and completion of a deemed reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in the United States could not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger, FFBI expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering costs. FFBI and Fort Street initiated a second capital formation activity that resulted in the Exchange Agreement as described above, and the current activity to file a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. During the period ended September 30, 2005, the Company incurred an additional $25,440 in legal, accounting, and filing fees related to the second capital formation activity. As a result, as of September 30, 2005, the Company had $118,193 of deferred offering costs which were comprised of legal and accounting fees paid, and other professional and filing fees incurred to complete the Form SB-2 registration process. (6) Income Taxes The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate): 2005 2004 ---------- ---------- Current Tax Provision: Federal- Taxable income $ -- $ -- ---------- ---------- Total current tax provision $ -- $ -- ========== ========== F-17 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) 2005 2004 ---------- ---------- Deferred Tax Provision: Federal- Loss carryforwards $ 40,900 $ 78,500 Change in valuation allowance (40,900) (78,500) ---------- ---------- Total deferred tax provision $ -- $ -- ========== ========== The Company had deferred income tax assets as of September 30, 2005, as follows: 2005 ---------- Loss carryforwards $ 357,800 Less - Valuation allowance (357,800) ---------- Total net deferred tax assets $ -- ========== As of September 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax reporting purposes of approximately $1,052,300 that may be offset against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2021-2026. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be offset against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership occurs or a change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has been reported in the financial statements for the realization of loss carryforwards, as the Company believes there is high probability that the carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the loss carryforwards are offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount. (7) Related Party Transactions Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private entity and stockholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $8,808 to this entity. This amount owed to this entity was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $46,804 to this entity. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $743 to Mark A. and Karen Poulsen for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. Mr. Poulsen is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. F-18 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) As of September 30, 2005, the Company owed $4,980 to Mr. GL Ray, a stockholder of the Company, for an advance made. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company (see Note 5), is the uncle of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company. In addition, Mr. Wild is the father of Laraine Richardson, a principal in the Company of L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which entity entered into a License Agreement with the Company on August 24, 2004 (see Note 9). Mr. Wild also assisted the Company with the private placement of the Notes by marketing the placement, and was responsible for the subscription agreements of several note holders. Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000. The liability to Mr. Wild was satisfied by the transfer of 40,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen. As described in Note 4, the Company completed a private placement of Notes to thirty individuals and entities with proceeds amounting to $365,000, and subsequently converted the Notes to 870,000 shares of common stock of FFBI. Of the thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement offering of Notes, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part of the independent marketing group of the Company) and independent Herbalife distributors, and six of the parties are only independent Herbalife distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor. (8) Recent Accounting Pronouncements In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," ("FIN 46"). The FASB issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003, which modified and clarified various aspects of the original interpretations. A Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") is created when (i) the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties or (ii) equity holders either (a) lack direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity, (b) are not obligated to absorb expected losses of the entity or (c) do not have the right to receive expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity is deemed to be a VIE, pursuant to FIN 46, an enterprise that absorbs a majority of the expected losses of the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE. For VIE's created before January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity," ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to classify as liabilities the following three types of freestanding financial instruments: (1) mandatory redeemable financial instruments, (2) obligations to repurchase the issuer's equity shares by transferring assets; and (3) certain obligations to issue a variable number of shares. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. F-19 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"), "Revenue Recognition," which supersedes SAB 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements." SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind the accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21. The Company adopted the provisions of SAB 104, and it did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. In December 2004, the FASB announced that Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R (revised December 2004), "Share-Based Payments," sets accounting requirements for "share-based" compensation to employees, including employee-stock-purchase-plans (ESPPs), and provides guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. This Statement will require the Company to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation model. For small business filers, this Statement is effective beginning January 1, 2006. In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151, "Inventory Costs - An Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43 (ARB No. 43), Chapter 4," ("SFAS 151") which clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that ". . . under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges. . ." SFAS 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of "so abnormal." In addition, SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversions be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company is required to adopt SFAS 151 in fiscal year 2006, and its adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153, "Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets, An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29," ("SFAS No. 153"). SFAS No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. The amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. SFAS No. 153 also eliminates the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will apply its provisions in fiscal 2006. Such provisions and adoption are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements," ("SFAS No. 154"). SFAS No. 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principles were required to be recognized by way of a cumulative effect adjustment within net income during the period of the change. SFAS No. 154 generally requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements of voluntary changes in accounting principles. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005; however, SFAS F-20 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) No. 154 does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting pronouncements. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations. (9) License Agreement On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable license agreement (the "License Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"). Pursuant to the License Agreement, L.R. Global has the right or license, for a period of ten years, to use of the Company's logo, management information system, and other material within Australia and New Zealand. L.R. Global will assist in identifying new clients for the Company, and recruiting account executive and customer service representatives. Under the terms of the License Agreement, L.R. Global was obligated to pay the Company $500,000 on or before December 31, 2004, for the grant of the license. As of December 31, 2004, L.R. Global had only paid $117,750 toward the fee for the license, and was in default under the License Agreement. On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into an extension agreement whereby the terms of the License Agreement for payment of the remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to May 31, 2005. As of May 31, 2005, the balance of the License Agreement fees had not been paid, and L.R. Global was in default under the License Agreement and amendment. Subsequently, on June 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into a second extension whereby the terms of the License Agreement were amended as follows: (i) for consideration of $7,000 paid by L.R. Global as a partial payment of the license fee, the due date for the payment of the remaining balance of the license fee was extended to a date within sixty (60) days following the first date on which the common stock of the Company is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange; and, (ii) the two principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, provided personal guarantees to the Company for payment of the remaining balance of the license fee in the event that the balance owed is not repaid by L.R. Global. The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by the Company to complete its capital formation activities, including the effective date of its Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The principals of L.R. Global have informed the management of the Company that L.R. Global entered into the License Agreement with the understanding that the Company would implement its plan of operations (including the completion of its capital formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, management of the Company believes that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the License Agreement, and has sufficient operations and financial resources to pay the remaining amount owed to the Company, (ii) complete payment of the license fee will be accomplished under the terms of the second extension agreement dated June 14, 2005, and (iii) the personal guarantees of the principals of L.R. Global provide sufficient additional assurance of collectibility under Australian law. As of December 1, 2005, there have been no modifications to the second extension agreement to the License Agreement, or changes in any of its terms. F-21 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) Due to the matters described above pertaining to the completion of its capital formation activities, the Company has not recognized revenue from the License Agreement for the periods ended September 30, 2005, and 2004. As described in Note 5 above, from the shares issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. The purpose of the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a stockholder, and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the License Agreement. Management of the Company maintains that the transfer of shares of common stock to L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen was a private transaction between the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement to be recognized in the financial statements of the Company. (10) Promissory Notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc. On May 10, 2005, the Ralston Superannuation Fund ("Ralston Fund") entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Ralston Fund agreed to purchase 100,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $19,050. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. The Trustee for the Ralston Fund is Leanne Ralston, the wife of Prins A. Ralston. Mr. Ralston is the Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated May 11, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On June 14, 2005, Mr. Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Mr. Gilling agreed to purchase 50,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $15,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated June 19, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On July 1, 2005, Therese Mulherin, a part-time employee of the Company, entered into two Option Purchase Agreements with Fort Street whereby the Ms. Mulherin agreed to purchase 277,576 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for $60,240. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of two separate promissory notes dated July 1, F-22 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) 2005. Each promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the notes, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory notes are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligations. On August 19, 2005, Mr. Mark Hoey, a stockholder of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby Mr. Hoey agreed to purchase 66,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $20,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On August 26, 2005, the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 14, 2005, Sandra L. Wendt, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 13,420 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $2,280. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 14, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 23, 2005, Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 23, 2005. F-23 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 26, 2005, Neil Wendt, a related party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 25,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $7,500. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 26, 2005. The Company received the proceeds from the promissory note in early October 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. (11) Commitments and Contingencies For each fiscal year since inception, the Company has recognized as compensation expense the ongoing contribution of time and effort of six individuals, two of which, currently serve as officers of the Company. Such individuals have provided their time and effort without formal compensation by the Company which in certain instances dates back to 1998. For the period ended September 30, 2004, the Company recorded accrued compensation expense amounting to $23,384. Through September 14, 2004, the total liability for employee compensation amounted to $220,000. This obligation was satisfied by the transfer of 440,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to the individuals from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued compensation satisfied by Mr. Poulsen. On September 21, 2004, the Company entered into a contract with Insource Pty. Ltd., a related party, for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development services amounted to approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by approximately $10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14 weeks. Further, under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to be made, followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The estimated term of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June 2005, and certain additional features were added to the computerized systems applications. The Company completed the software development project on July 21, 2005, and placed the software in service. The cost of the software project amounted to $39,981, and has been reflected as "Developed software applications" in the accompanying balance sheet. On November 28, 2004, the Company entered into a month-to-month expense sharing agreement for office rent and other common area expenses with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that provided for an effective date of July 1, 2004. The expense sharing agreement replaced a lease arrangement between the Company and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that expired on November 30, 2004. For F-24 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) the three-month period ended September 30, 2005, the Company accrued $4,261 in office rent and common area costs pertaining to this agreement. On February 1, 2005, the Company also entered into a registered agent arrangement with Incorp. Services, Inc. whereby Incorp. agreed to act as the registered agent for the State of Nevada, and to provide certain virtual office, office facility use, and administrative services to the Company for a fee of $1,495 per year. The following transactions were dated November 29, 2004, or as otherwise indicated: The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Poulsen is compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for services to FFBI. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of Directors of FFBI awarded a bonus of approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr. Poulsen within 30 days after the listing of the common stock of FFBI on the over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Ralston is compensated at the annual rate of approximately $131,000, plus benefits and bonus. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of FFBI under an option plan, when and if established. The Company was also obligated to pay a recruiting fee for the employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources, an executive personnel placement firm, which amounted to approximately $21,100. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve as its Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also a Director of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Head is compensated at the annual rate of approximately $77,000, plus benefits and bonus. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve as its Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt is compensated at the annual rate of approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus. In November 2005, the Company was notified by the SEC that in light of the proximity in timing between the sales of 565,994 stock options held by Fort Street to various parties and the loans evidenced by promissory notes made by Fort Street to the Company, such sales of options by Fort Street are believed to be a primary offering of securities by an underwriter on behalf of the Company under Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "33 Act"). If it is determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or on behalf of the Company in violation of Section 5 of the 33 Act, then the Company may be subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties. Management of the Company is not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against it based on Section 5 of the 33 Act, and intends to vigorously defend against any such claims if they arise. However, due to the notification by the SEC, the Company has classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission in the accompanying balance sheet. F-25 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SEPTEMBER 30, 2005, AND 2004 (Unaudited) (12) Subsequent Event On November 25, 2005, Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd., a related party entity, loaned $33,273 to the Company. The amount loaned was for working capital purposes, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. F-26 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005 AND 2004 Report of Registered Independent Auditors...................................F-28 Financial Statements- Restated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2005...............................F-29 Restated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) for the Years Ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception ....F-30 Restated Statements of Stockholder's (Deficit) for the Periods from Inception Through June 30, 2005 .......................................F-31 Restated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and Cumulative from Inception ...............................F-32 Notes to Financial Statements for the Periods Ended June 30, 2005, and 2004 .........................................F-33 F-27 REPORT OF REGISTERED INDEPENDENT AUDITORS To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Fit For Business International, Inc.: We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Fit For Business International, Inc. (a Nevada corporation in the development stage) as of June 30, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2005, and from inception (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Fit For Business International, Inc. as of June 30, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2005, and from inception (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company is in the development stage, is conducting its capital formation activities, has experienced an operating loss since inception, and its working capital is insufficient to meet planned business objectives. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plan regarding these matters are also described in Note 2 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. As discussed in Note 3 to the financial statements, errors in the recognition of License Agreement revenue which amounted to $44,294, and in the recording of consulting fees which amounted to $112,500 for services rendered in connection with the Company's reverse merger for the year ended June 30, 2005, which resulted in overstatement of the revenues, and an understatement of the net (loss) and comprehensive (loss) for the period, were determined by management of the Company. Accordingly, the financial statements as of and for the period ended June 30, 2005, have been restated to correct the errors. Respectfully submitted, /s/ Davis Accounting Group P.C. Cedar City, Utah, August 25, 2005, except for the first paragraph of Note 3, and Note 13, as to which the date is October 14, 2005; and, the second paragraph of Note 3, as to which the date is February 10, 2006. F-28 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED BALANCE SHEET (NOTES 2 AND 3) AS OF JUNE 30, 2005 ASSETS 2005 ---------- Current Assets: Cash- Cash on hand $ 100 Restricted cash - Attorney trust account 3,580 ---------- Total cash 3,680 Accounts Receivable- License fee 375,250 Inventory 3,202 ---------- Total current assets 382,132 ---------- Property and Equipment: Web site development costs 4,953 Office and computer equipment 1,813 Furniture and fixtures 183 ---------- 6,949 Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization (5,212) ---------- 1,737 Software development in progress 40,071 ---------- Net property and equipment 41,808 ---------- Other Assets: Trademark 228 Less - Accumulated amortization (155) Deferred offering costs 92,753 ---------- Total other assets 92,826 ---------- Total Assets $ 516,766 ========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) Current Liabilities: Checks in excess of bank balance $ 1,608 Accounts payable - Trade 52,042 Accrued liabilities 89,442 Loans from related parties 71,146 Deferred revenue - License fee 500,000 ---------- Total current liabilities 714,238 ---------- Long-term Debt: Promissory notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc. 34,050 ---------- Total long-term debt 34,050 ---------- Total Liabilities 748,288 ---------- Commitments and Contingencies Stockholders' (Deficit): Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 1,000,000 shares issued and outstanding 1,000 Common stock, par value $.001, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 20,870,000 shares issued and outstanding 20,870 Additional paid-in capital 716,982 Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) (38,231) (Deficit) accumulated during the development stage (932,143) ---------- Total stockholders' (deficit) (231,522) ---------- Total Liabilities and Stockholders' (Deficit) $ 516,766 ========== The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of this balance sheet. F-29 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005 Years Ended June 30, Cumulative ---------------------------- From 2005 2004 Inception ------------ ------------ ------------ Revenues: Sales of products and services 11,053 203 19,346 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total revenues 11,053 203 19,346 ------------ ------------ ------------ Cost of Goods Sold: Cost of goods sold 4,300 85 8,023 ------------ ------------ ------------ Gross Profit (Loss) 6,753 118 11,323 ------------ ------------ ------------ Expenses: Selling, general and administrative- Wages, compensation and related taxes 132,564 40,368 329,180 Legal, accounting and consulting fees 214,312 9,529 235,979 Advertising and promotion 31,821 681 40,214 Depreciation and amortization 1,892 1,586 4,828 Write-off of deferred offering costs -- 79,685 79,685 Office rent and common area costs 16,171 -- 16,171 Training and development 25,473 -- 25,473 Travel, meals and lodging 30,847 1,987 33,255 Other 39,007 3,432 158,694 Realized foreign exchange adjustments 45,566 (15,046) 6,421 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total selling, general and administrative expenses 537,653 122,222 929,900 ------------ ------------ ------------ (Loss) from Operations (530,900) (122,104) (918,577) Other Income (Expense) (5,408) (8,160) (13,566) Provision for income taxes -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ Net (Loss) $ (536,308) $ (130,264) $ (932,143) ------------ ------------ ------------ Comprehensive (Loss): Australian currency translation 1,855 (6,119) (38,231) ------------ ------------ ------------ Total Comprehensive (Loss) $ (534,453) $ (136,383) $ (970,374) ============ ============ ============ (Loss) Per Common Share: (Loss) per common share - Basic and Diluted $ (0.03) $ (0.01) ============ ============ Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding - Basic and Diluted 20,235,890 20,000,000 ============ ============ The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-30 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE PERIODS FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005 Preferred Stock Common stock --------------------------- --------------------------- Description Shares Amount Shares Amount - ----------------------------------------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - December 14, 1998 -- $ -- -- $ -- Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 1999 -- -- -- -- Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2000 -- -- -- -- Issuance of common stock for services -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2001 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2002 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2003 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2004 -- -- 5,000,000 5,000 Stock options issued for cash -- -- -- -- Preferred and common stock issued for deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia 1,000,000 1,000 15,000,000 15,000 Employee compensation paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Loan from former director paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Consulting services paid by issued shares -- -- -- -- Promissory notes converted to common stock -- -- 870,000 870 Australian currency translation -- -- -- -- Net (loss) for the period -- -- -- -- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2005 1,000,000 $ 1,000 20,870,000 $ 20,870 ============ ============ ============ ============ (Deficit) Accumulated Accumulated Additional Other During the Paid-in Comprehensive Development Capital (Loss) Stage Totals ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - December 14, 1998 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- Australian currency translation -- (534) -- (534) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (16,960) (16,960) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 1999 -- (534) (16,960) (17,494) Australian currency translation -- 7,472 -- 7,472 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (138,322) (138,322) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2000 -- 6,938 (155,282) (148,344) Issuance of common stock for services -- -- (5,000) -- Australian currency translation -- 25,453 -- 25,453 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (53,529) (53,529) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2001 -- 32,391 (213,811) (176,420) Australian currency translation -- (20,804) -- (20,804) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (32,584) (32,584) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2002 -- 11,587 (246,395) (229,808) Australian currency translation -- (45,554) -- (45,554) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (24,176) (24,176) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2003 -- (33,967) (270,571) (299,538) Australian currency translation -- (6,119) -- (6,119) Net (loss) for the period -- -- (130,264) (130,264) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2004 -- (40,086) (400,835) (435,921) Stock options issued for cash 10,000 -- -- 10,000 Preferred and common stock issued for deemed reverse merger with FFB Australia (30,950) -- 5,000 (9,950) Employee compensation paid by issued shares 220,000 -- -- 220,000 Loan from former director paid by issued shares 7,500 -- -- 7,500 Consulting services paid by issued shares 132,500 -- -- 132,500 Promissory notes converted to common stock 377,932 -- -- 378,802 Australian currency translation -- 1,855 -- 1,855 Net (loss) for the period -- -- (536,308) (536,308) ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ Balance - June 30, 2005 $ 716,982 $ (38,231) $ (932,143) $ (231,522) ============ ============ ============ ============ The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-31 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005 Years Ended June 30, Cumulative ----------------------- From 2005 2004 Inception ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating Activities: Net (loss) $ (536,308) $ (130,264) $ (932,143) Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) to net cash (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 2,239 1,587 5,367 Write-off of deferred offering costs -- 77,000 77,000 Employee compensation paid by issued shares 23,384 40,368 220,000 Consulting services paid by issued shares 132,500 -- 132,500 Interest on promissory notes converted to paid-in capital 5,698 8,103 13,801 Changes in net assets and liabilities- Accounts receivable 124,750 407 124,750 Inventory (3,202) -- (3,202) Accounts payable - trade 49,148 (2,894) 52,042 Accrued liabilities and other 89,442 -- 89,442 ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Cash (Used in) Operating Activities (112,349) (5,693) (220,443) ---------- ---------- ---------- Investing Activities: Purchases of property and equipment (1,790) (206) (1,996) Payment for Australian trademark (21) (7) (228) Expenditures for web site development costs (466) (151) (4,953) Expenditures for software development in progress (40,071) -- (40,071) ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities (42,348) (364) (47,248) ---------- ---------- ---------- Financing Activities: Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes 180,000 185,000 365,000 Checks in excess of bank balance 1,608 (64) 1,608 Proceeds from loans - related parties 172,120 13,039 344,324 Payments on loans - related parties (161,640) (87,188) (273,177) Proceeds from loan - former director -- 1,472 7,500 Proceeds from issuance of promissory notes 34,050 -- 34,050 Payments of deferred offering costs (69,753) (100,000) (169,753) Proceeds from issuance of capital stock -- -- 50 ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities 156,385 12,259 309,602 ---------- ---------- ---------- Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash 1,855 (6,119) (38,231) ---------- ---------- ---------- Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash 3,543 83 3,680 Cash - Beginning of Period 137 54 -- ---------- ---------- ---------- Cash - End of Period $ 3,680 $ 137 $ 3,680 ========== ========== ========== The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-32 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) RESTATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (NOTES 2 AND 3) FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004, AND CUMULATIVE FROM INCEPTION (DECEMBER 14, 1998) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2005 (Unaudited) Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: Cash paid during the period for: Interest $ 199 $ -- $ 199 ========== ========== ========== Income taxes $ -- $ -- $ -- ========== ========== ========== Supplemental Information of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities: On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with FFB Australia whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their historical bases. On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of common stock with value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and accrued interest. On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of common stock with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of the Notes and accrued interest. On September 14, 2004, accrued employee compensation of $220,000 was satisfied with the issuance 440,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, a loan to the Company of $7,500 by a former director was satisfied with the issuance of 15,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $20,000 was satisfied with the issuance of 40,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. On September 14, 2004, accrued consulting services of $112,500 were satisfied with the issuance of 225,000 shares of common stock provided personally by an officer and director of the Company. The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these statements. F-33 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 (1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation and Organization Fit For Business International, Inc. ("FFBI" or the "Company") is a Nevada corporation in the development stage of providing products and services for: (i) corporate wellness programs which address business productivity, stress and absenteeism issues; (ii) living well programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, (iii) nutritional supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife Ltd. ("Herbalife"). The accompanying financial statements of FFBI were prepared from the accounts of the Company under the accrual basis of accounting in United States dollars. In addition, the accompanying financial statements reflect the completion of a deemed reverse merger between FFBI and Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited ("FFB Australia"), which was effected on September 14, 2004. Prior to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, FFBI was a dormant corporation with no assets or operations (essentially since its organization on May 30, 2001, and incorporation on July 31, 2001). The Company was originally incorporated under the name of Elli Tsab, Inc. On April 7, 2004, the name of the Company was changed to Patient Data Corporation. On January 13, 2005, the name of the Company was again changed to Fit For Business International, Inc. in order to better reflect the current business plan. FFB Australia was organized as an Australian private company on December 14, 1998, and subsequently began certain marketing studies and corporate awareness programs to obtain customers for its products and services. In October 2003, FFB Australia initiated a capital formation activity through the private placement of certain convertible promissory notes which provided, through September 14, 2004, proceeds of $365,000. Subsequent to the completion of the deemed reverse merger, the liability associated with the convertible promissory notes was assumed by the Company. Thereafter, all of the promissory notes were converted into shares of common stock of FFBI. In addition, in November 2003, FFB Australia commenced a capital formation activity to effect a deemed reverse merger with a corporation validly organized in the United States for the purpose of completing a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. The initial capital formation activity through a deemed reverse merger and the issuance of common stock was unsuccessful. Subsequently, FFB Australia completed a deemed reverse merger with the Company, and FFBI is currently undertaking a second capital formation activity of the same type. Prior to September 14, 2004, FFB Australia, aside from the capital formation and marketing activities described above, incurred other development stage operating costs and expenses related to its organization as an entity, receipt of a trademark in Australia for the name and related logo of Fit For Business, formation of a management team, accounting and tax preparation fees, consulting fees, travel, and other general and administrative expenses. For additional information relating to the development stage activities of the Company, see Note 2. Given that FFB Australia is considered to have acquired FFBI by a deemed reverse merger through an Exchange Agreement (see Note 5), and its stockholders F-34 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 currently have voting control of FFBI, the accompanying financial statements and related disclosures in the notes to financial statements present the financial position as of June 30, 2005, and the operations for the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and from the period from the inception date (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005, of FFB Australia under the name of FFBI. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFB Australia and FFBI brought forward at their historical bases. The costs associated with the reverse merger have been expensed as incurred. Cash and Cash Equivalents For purposes of reporting within the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all cash on hand, cash accounts not subject to withdrawal restrictions or penalties, and all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. Restricted Cash The Company maintains restricted cash as funds designated for specific purposes or for compliance with terms of contractual agreements. As of June 30, 2005, $3,580 was in an Attorney's trust account, and designated to pay for costs and expenses associated with the Company's filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from a license agreement, employees and related parties, and value added tax refunds. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts in amounts sufficient to absorb potential losses on accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2005, and 2004, no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary. While management uses the best information available upon which to base estimates, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used for the purpose of analysis. Revenue Recognition The Company is in the development stage and has yet to realize significant revenues from planned operations. It has derived revenues principally from the sale of services related to wellness programs, and the sale of nutritional products, literature and training materials. The Company has also entered into a license agreement for Australia and New Zealand which entitles the licensee to provide a distribution network for the Company, use its logo and software, and market and promote its products and services. Revenue will be derived over the term of the license agreement once all terms and conditions have been met. Revenues are recognized by major categories under the following policies: For specific wellness program services, such as health risk assessment services, fitness programs, educational and other programs, and contracts pertaining to such services, revenue is realized as services are provided. Contracts for wellness program services are evidenced in writing, and as services are rendered, invoices for such services are rendered in accordance with contract terms. F-35 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 For sales of literature, training materials, and nutritional products, revenue is realized upon shipment to the customer and there are no unfulfilled company elements related to a customer's order. Orders for literature, materials and nutritional products are evidenced in writing on customer and call center order documents. Payments are provided in cash, check or by credit card at the time orders are placed with the Company. For license agreements, revenue is realized from licensing activities related to various countries and geographic regions, which entitle licensees to provide a distribution network for the Company, the use of the Company logo, software and training materials, and the rights to market and promote the services of the Company. Revenue from such agreements is realized over the term and under the conditions of each specific license once all contract conditions have been met. Payments for licensing fees are generally received at the time the license agreements are executed, unless other terms for delayed payment are documented and agreed to between the parties. Under terms for delayed payment, the Company may require further assurances of payment under contract terms such as credit report information, and entity and personal guarantees. Internal Web Site Development Costs Under Emerging Issues Taskforce Statement 00-2, Accounting for Web Site Development Costs ("EITF 00-2"), costs and expenses incurred during the planning and operating stages of the Company's web site are expensed as incurred. Under EITF 00-2, costs incurred in the web site application and infrastructure development stages are capitalized by the Company and amortized to expense over the web site's estimated useful life or period of benefit. As of June 30, 2005, FFBI had capitalized $4,953 related to its web site development. Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use Under Statement of Position 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use ("SOP 98-1"), the Company capitalizes external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtained internal-use computer software; payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use computer software project; and, interest costs related to loans incurred for the development of internal-use software. As of June 30, 2005, the Company had capitalized $40,071 for projects related to the development of internal-use software. Costs of Computer Software to be Sold or Otherwise Marketed Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ("SFAS 86"), the Company capitalizes costs associated with the development of certain training software products held for sale when technological feasibility is established. Capitalized computer software costs of products held for sale are amortized over the useful life of the products from the software release date. As of June 30, 2005, the Company had not undertaken any projects related to the development of software products held for sale or to be otherwise marketed. F-36 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 Trademark The Company obtained a trademark from the government of Australia effective October 15, 1999. The trademark covers the name "Fit For Business" and the logo of the Company. The cost of obtaining the trademark has been capitalized by the Company, and is being amortized over a period of ten years. Advertising Costs Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred, except for television or magazine advertisements, which are charged to expense when the advertising first takes place. For the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, advertising costs amounted to $31,821 and $681, respectively. Property and Equipment The components of property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment costs are depreciated or amortized for financial reporting purposes over the useful lives of the related assets by the straight-line method. Useful lives utilized by the Company for calculating depreciation or amortization are as follows: Computer and office equipment 5 years Furniture and fixtures 10 years Internal web site development costs 3 years Upon disposition of an asset, its cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of ("SFAS 121"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets and the related estimated remaining lives at each balance sheet date. The Company records an impairment or change in useful life whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. Loss Per Common Share Basic loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to the common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Fully diluted loss per share is computed similar to basic loss per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were dilutive. F-37 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 Deferred Offering Costs The Company defers as other assets the direct incremental costs of raising capital until such time as the offering is completed. At the time of the completion of the offering, the costs are charged against the capital raised. Should the offering be terminated, deferred offering costs are charged to operations during the period in which the offering is terminated (see Note 5). Comprehensive Income (Loss) The Company presents comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 states that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income (loss) be reported in the financial statements. For the periods ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, and cumulative from inception (December 14, 1998) through June 30, 2005, the only components of comprehensive income (loss) were the net (loss) for the periods, and the foreign currency translation adjustments. Income Taxes The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the bases of certain assets and liabilities for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified according to the financial statement classification of the assets and liabilities generating the differences. The Company maintains a valuation allowance with respect to deferred tax assets. The Company establishes a valuation allowance based upon the potential likelihood of realizing the deferred tax asset and taking into consideration the Company's financial position and results of operations for the current period. Future realization of the deferred tax benefit depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period under the Federal tax laws. Changes in circumstances, such as the Company generating taxable income, could cause a change in judgment about the realizability of the related deferred tax asset. Any change in the valuation allowance will be included in income in the year of the change in estimate. Foreign Currency Translation The Company accounts for foreign currency translation pursuant to SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation ("SFAS 52"). The Company's functional currency is the Australian dollar. All assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars using the current exchange rate at the end of each fiscal period. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rates prevailing throughout the respective periods. Translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive income (loss) for the period. Certain transactions of the Company are denominated in United States dollars. Translation gains or losses related to such transactions are recognized for each reporting period in the related statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). F-38 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company estimates the fair value of financial instruments using the available market information and valuation methods. Considerable judgment is required in estimating fair value. Accordingly, the estimates of fair value may not be indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. As of June 30, 2005, the Company did not have any financial instruments requiring the estimate of fair value. Stock-Based Compensation The Company uses the fair value method to account for non-employee stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services. Under the fair value method, all transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. Concentrations of Risk As of June 30, 2005, and 2004, the Company had a material off-balance sheet risk with regards to its dependence upon Herbalife as its sole source of supply for the purchase of nutritional supplements related to its planned wellness programs. No customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total revenues for the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004. Estimates The financial statements are prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2005, and revenues and expenses for the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004. Actual results could differ from those estimates made by management. (2) Development Stage Activities and Going Concern The Company is in the development stage of providing products and services for corporate business wellness programs; living well programs directed primarily, but not exclusively, to individuals over 45 years of age; and, nutritional supplements manufactured and supplied by Herbalife. As of June 30, 2005, and subsequent thereto, FFBI had completed organization and reverse merger transactions, initial marketing and corporate awareness programs designed to obtain customers for its products and services, the receipt of a trademark in Australia for the name "Fit For Business", formation of a management team, and other activities related to capital formation and initial operations. Management of the Company is pursuing various sources of equity financing, and plans to raise approximately $4.5 million through a best efforts self-underwritten public offering of its common stock. The public offering and sale of common stock by F-39 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 officers and directors of the Company will be conducted subsequent to the filing and approval of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The proceeds from the public offering will be used by the Company for the development and production of multi-media training programs, marketing and promotional literature and programs, web site enhancement, purchase of inventory, customer call center and computer hardware and software programs to be used to aid the Company's customer service representatives, and working capital required to hire additional staff and provide for an expected increase in operations. While management of the Company believes that the Company will be successful in its capital formation and operating activities, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to raise $4.5 million in equity capital through its planned filing with the SEC and related activities, or be successful in the sale of its products and services that will generate sufficient revenues to sustain the operations of the Company. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has incurred operating losses since inception, had negative working capital as of June 30, 2005, and the cash resources of the Company are insufficient to meet its planned business objectives. These and other factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. (3) Correction of Errors Subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that $44,294 of license fee income related to the License Agreement with L.R. Global (see Note 9) had been incorrectly realized during the year ended June 30, 2005, as not all verbal commitments made by the Company to L.R. Global had been satisfied. The Company corrected the error by reversing the revenue realized, and restoring the amount of deferred revenue, as presented in the accompanying balance sheet, to $500,000. The impact of the adjustment decreased revenues and general and administrative expenses (realized foreign exchange adjustments) by $44,294 and $2,294, respectively, for a net adjustment of $42,000. Net (loss) and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $42,000, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period remained unchanged. In addition, subsequent to June 30, 2005, management of the Company determined that $112,500 of consulting fees related to services rendered by Messrs. Mitchell Stough (Managing Director of Fort Street Equity - See Note 5) and Kevin Murray in connection with the Company's deemed reverse merger had not been accrued during the year ended June 30, 2005. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, Messrs. Stough and Murray received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at $112,500. The impact of the adjustment increased general and F-40 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 administrative expenses by $112,500 for the year ended June 30, 2005. Net (loss) and total comprehensive (loss) for the period increased by $112,500, respectively, and the amount of (loss) per share - basic and diluted for the period increased by $0.01 per share. Also, additional paid-in capital increased by $112,500, and accrued liabilities decreased by the same amount. (4) Convertible Debt In November 2003, FFBI began a capital formation activity through the private placement of up to 200 unsecured convertible promissory notes (the "Note" or "Notes"). Under the terms of the private placement subscription agreement, the minimum unit participation was one unit per Note valued at $5,000. Multiple units could be acquired under the terms of a single Note. The Notes issued for the units stated a maturity date of November 30, 2004, and provided for an interest rate of ten percent (10%) per annum, payable upon redemption. None of the Notes were issued to officers, directors, or employees of FFBI. The Notes were convertible into 10,000 shares of common stock per unit at any time prior to maturity at the option of the note holder, or, if called by FFBI, then automatically in the event of a public offering of shares. No value was associated with the conversion feature of the Notes. FFBI structured an incentive program with the first eleven subscribers to the private placement for the Notes, and provided an additional 1/2 unit of value for each unit subscribed. As such, as of September 14, 2004, FFBI had received and recorded proceeds of $365,000 under the private placement in exchange for the Notes with 87 units for the calculation of conversion into common stock (870,000 shares of common stock), and accrued interest in the amount of $13,801. The liability for the Notes was assumed by the Company as a result of the Exchange Agreement. On September 20, 2004, the Company, pursuant to a planned public offering of its common stock, called and converted Notes with a unit value of 42 units into 420,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of common stock for a total of $140,000. Further, on September 29, 2004, the remaining Notes with a unit value of 45 units were called and converted by the Company into 450,000 shares of common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50 per share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The value of the conversion transactions in excess of the par value of the common stock issued, including accrued interest, has been presented as additional paid-in capital in the accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2005. (5) Common Stock Transactions and Capital Formation Issuance of Common Stock On May 30, 2001, FFBI issued 5,000,000 shares of its common stock to former officers and directors of the Company for services rendered. The value of the services rendered was $5,000. This transaction, along with the accumulated (deficit) of FFBI, made up the components of the reverse merger related to the recapitalization of FFBI common stock. Stock Option Agreement On July 25, 2004, the Company issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. (see below) to purchase the same number of shares of its common stock for F-41 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 $10,000 in cash. The option period is through December 31, 2005. The exercise price of the options is the higher of $0.50 per share or the average trading price of the Company's common stock over the preceding ten business days prior to exercise of the options, less a discount of 40 percent. Stock Exchange Agreement On September 14, 2004, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") with FFB Australia, whereby FFBI acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of FFB Australia (81 shares) in exchange for 15,000,000 shares of common stock and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock of the Company. Both the common stock and preferred stock of FFBI have a par value of $.001. The shares of preferred stock are non-participating, but each share is entitled to fifty (50) votes in a general meeting of the stockholders. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, the stockholders of FFB Australia control FFBI, and FFB Australia has been deemed to have effected a reverse merger for financial reporting purposes as of the date of the Exchange Agreement. The deemed reverse merger has been recorded as a recapitalization of the Company, with the net assets of FFBI and FFB Australia brought forward at their historical bases. As a result of the Exchange Agreement, consulting fees were accrued in the amount of $112,500 to Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray for services rendered in connection with the completion of the transaction under separate letter agreements executed with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company (see Other Transactions below). Conversion of Notes On September 20, 2004, the Company issued 420,000 shares of its common stock with a value of $140,000 in connection with the conversion of certain Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4). On September 29, 2004, the Company issued 450,000 shares of its common stock with a value of $225,000 in connection with the conversion of the remainder of the Notes and accrued interest (see Note 4). Other Transactions From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. Mr. Poulsen also issued shares of common stock that he received from the Exchange Agreement to satisfy the liabilities of the Company assumed by FFBI related to the compensation of six individuals. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of such liabilities by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital (see Note 9). The Company also owed Wayne Hoskin, a former director of the Company, the amount of $7,500 as of September 14, 2004. The obligation resulted from a loan made to the Company. Mr. Hoskin agreed to accept 15,000 shares of common stock of FFBI in full satisfaction of this obligation. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, Mr. Hoskin received 15,000 shares of common stock valued at $7,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. The Company also owed Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company, the amount of $20,000 for services rendered related to the private placement of Notes (see Note 4). From the common stock issued to F-42 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Mr. Wild received 40,000 shares of common stock valued at $20,000. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. The Company also owed Messrs. Mitchell Stough and Kevin Murray, consultants engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement, the amount of $112,500 for services rendered. Messrs. Stough and Murray were engaged to complete the Exchange Agreement under separate letter agreements with Mr. Mark A. Poulsen, as principal stockholder of the Company. From the common stock issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, on September 14, 2004, Messrs. Stough and Murray, through their respective nominees, received 225,000 shares of common stock valued at $112,500. FFBI recognized the satisfaction of this liability by Mr. Poulsen as additional paid-in capital. Mr. Stough is the Managing Director of Fort Street Equity, Inc. (see Capital Formation Activity below). Capital Formation Activity On November 10, 2003, FFBI entered into an agreement with Fort Street Equity, Inc. ("Fort Street"), a Cayman Islands company, whereby Fort Street would assist FFBI with the following: (i) the identification of a corporation validly organized in the United States with which the Company could realize a deemed reverse merger; and (ii) the completion and filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC for the purpose of raising capital from the issuance of common stock in the public markets of up to $4.5 million. FFBI paid Fort Street two deposits against fees and costs amounting to $130,100. The initial capital formation activity conducted by FFBI and Fort Street was not successful due to the fact that the organization and completion of a deemed reverse merger with a validly organized corporation in the United States could not be effected. Further, as a result of the uncompleted deemed reverse merger, FFBI expensed $77,000 of the amount paid to Fort Street as unsuccessful offering costs. FFBI and Fort Street initiated a second capital formation activity that resulted in the Exchange Agreement as described above, and the current activity to file a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. During the period ended June 30, 2005, the Company paid an additional $39,653 in legal, accounting, and filing fees related to the second capital formation activity. As a result, as of June 30, 2005, the Company had $92,753 of deferred offering costs which were comprised of legal and accounting fees paid, and other professional and filing fees incurred to complete the Form SB-2 registration process. (6) Income Taxes The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the periods ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, was as follows (using a 34 percent effective Federal income tax rate): F-43 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 2005 2004 ---------- ---------- Current Tax Provision: Federal- Taxable income $ -- $ -- ---------- ---------- Total current tax provision $ -- $ -- ========== ========== Deferred Tax Provision: Federal- Loss carryforwards $ 182,300 $ 44,300 Change in valuation allowance (182,300) (44,300) ---------- ---------- Total deferred tax provision $ -- $ -- ========== ========== The Company had deferred income tax assets as of June 30, 2005, as follows: 2005 ---------- Loss carryforwards $ 316,900 Less - Valuation allowance (316,900) ---------- Total net deferred tax assets $ -- ========== As of June 30, 2005, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for income tax reporting purposes of approximately $932,100 that may be offset against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2021-2025. Current tax laws limit the amount of loss available to be offset against future taxable income when a substantial change in ownership occurs or a change in the nature of the business. Therefore, the amount available to offset future taxable income may be limited. No tax benefit has been reported in the financial statements for the realization of loss carryforwards, as the Company believes there is high probability that the carryforwards will not be utilized in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the potential tax benefits of the loss carryforwards are offset by a valuation allowance of the same amount. (7) Related Party Transactions Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private entity and stockholder of the Company. It is wholly owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed $3,261 to this entity. This amount owed to this entity was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Kamaneal Investments Pty. Ltd. is an Australian private company and stockholder of the Company owned by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Karen Poulsen, his wife. The purpose of this company is to hold investments for Mr. and Mrs. Poulsen. As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed $62,149 to this entity. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. F-44 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed $745 to Mark A. and Karen Poulsen for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. Mr. Poulsen is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. As of June 30, 2005, the Company owed $4,991 to Mr. GL Ray, a stockholder of the Company, for an advance made. This amount owed was for working capital provided, is non-interest bearing, and has no terms for repayment. Donald Howell Wild, a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company (see Note 4), is the uncle of Linda Wild, also a former note holder and current stockholder of the Company. In addition, Mr. Wild is the father of Laraine Richardson, a principal in the Company of L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd., which entity entered into a License Agreement with the Company on August 24, 2004 (see Note 9). Mr. Wild also assisted the Company with the private placement of the Notes by marketing the placement, and was responsible for the subscription agreements of several note holders. Mr. Wild's services were valued at $20,000. The liability to Mr. Wild was satisfied by the transfer of 40,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to him from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued liability satisfied by Mr. Poulsen. As described in Note 4, the Company completed a private placement of Notes to thirty individuals and entities with proceeds amounting to $365,000, and subsequently converted the Notes to 870,000 shares of common stock of FFBI. Of the thirty individuals and entities that subscribed to the private placement offering of Notes, twelve parties are considered both account executives (part of the independent marketing group of the Company) and independent Herbalife distributors, and six of the parties are only independent Herbalife distributors. Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, is also an independent Herbalife distributor. (8) Recent Accounting Pronouncements In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of ARB No. 51," ("FIN 46"). The FASB issued a revised FIN 46 in December 2003, which modified and clarified various aspects of the original interpretations. A Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") is created when (i) the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties or (ii) equity holders either (a) lack direct or indirect ability to make decisions about the entity, (b) are not obligated to absorb expected losses of the entity or (c) do not have the right to receive expected residual returns of the entity if they occur. If an entity is deemed to be a VIE, pursuant to FIN 46, an enterprise that absorbs a majority of the expected losses of the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and must consolidate the VIE. For VIE's created before January 31, 2003, FIN 46 was deferred to the end of the first interim or annual period ending after March 15, 2004. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments With Characteristics of Both F-45 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 Liabilities and Equity," ("SFAS 150"). This standard requires issuers to classify as liabilities the following three types of freestanding financial instruments: (1) mandatory redeemable financial instruments, (2) obligations to repurchase the issuer's equity shares by transferring assets; and (3) certain obligations to issue a variable number of shares. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 ("SAB 104"), "Revenue Recognition," which supersedes SAB 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements." SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind the accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21. The Company adopted the provisions of SAB 104, and it did not have a material impact on the financial position or results of operations of the Company. In December 2004, the FASB announced that Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R (revised December 2004), "Share-Based Payments," sets accounting requirements for "share-based" compensation to employees, including employee-stock-purchase-plans (ESPPs) and provides guidance on accounting for awards to non-employees. This Statement will require the Company to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees, but expresses no preference for a type of valuation model. For small business filers, this Statement is effective beginning January 1, 2006. In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151, "Inventory Costs - An Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43 (ARB No. 43), Chapter 4," ("SFAS 151") which clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). Paragraph 5 of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, previously stated that ". . . under some circumstances, items such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight, and rehandling costs may be so abnormal as to require treatment as current period charges. . ." SFAS 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of "so abnormal." In addition, SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversions be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company is required to adopt SFAS 151 in fiscal year 2006, and its adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153, "Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets, An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29," ("SFAS No. 153"). SFAS No. 153 addresses the measurement of exchanges of nonmonetary assets. The amendments made by SFAS No. 153 are based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. SFAS No. 153 also eliminates the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company will apply its provisions in fiscal 2006. Such provisions and adoption are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations. In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154, "Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. F-46 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 20, Accounting Changes, and Statement No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements," ("SFAS No. 154"). SFAS No. 154 changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principles were required to be recognized by way of a cumulative effect adjustment within net income during the period of the change. SFAS No. 154 generally requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements of voluntary changes in accounting principles. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005; however, SFAS No. 154 does not change the transition provisions of any existing accounting pronouncements. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations. (9) License Agreement On August 24, 2004, the Company entered into a non-assignable license agreement (the "License Agreement") with L.R. Global Marketing Pty. Ltd. ("L.R. Global"). Pursuant to the License Agreement, L.R. Global has the right or license, for a period of ten years, to use of the Company's logo, management information system, and other material within Australia and New Zealand. L.R. Global will assist in identifying new clients for the Company, and recruiting account executive and customer service representatives. Under the terms of the License Agreement, L.R. Global was obligated to pay the Company $500,000 on or before December 31, 2004, for the grant of the license. As of December 31, 2004, L.R. Global had only paid $117,750 toward the fee for the license, and was in default under the License Agreement. On January 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into an extension agreement whereby the terms of the License Agreement for payment of the remaining amount of the $500,000 license fee were extended to May 31, 2005. As of May 31, 2005, the balance of the License Agreement fees had not been paid, and L.R. Global was in default under the License Agreement and amendment. Subsequently, on June 14, 2005, the Company and L.R. Global entered into a second extension whereby the terms of the License Agreement were amended as follows: (i) for consideration of $7,000 paid by L.R. Global as a partial payment of the license fee, the due date for the payment of the remaining balance of the license fee was extended to a date within sixty (60) days following the first date on which the common stock of the Company is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board or other recognized stock exchange; and, (ii) the two principals of L.R. Global, Laraine Richardson and Dianne Waghorne, provided personal guarantees to the Company for payment of the remaining balance of the license fee in the event that the balance owed is not repaid by L.R. Global. The delay experienced in collecting the remaining amount of the license fee from L.R. Global is due primarily to the extended period of time required by the Company to complete its capital formation activities, including the effective date of its Registration Statement on Form SB-2 with the SEC. The principals of L.R. Global have informed the management of the Company that L.R. Global entered into the License Agreement with the understanding that the Company would implement its plan of operations (including the completion of its capital formation activities) in February 2005. At that time, L.R. Global was committed to provide additional sales and marketing resources, and pay the remaining amount of the license fee due. As a result of additional discussions with the principals of L.R. Global and review of available credit information, management of the Company believes that: (i) L.R. Global will honor the terms of the License Agreement, and has sufficient operations and financial resources to pay the remaining amount owed to the Company, (ii) complete payment of the license F-47 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 fee will be accomplished under the terms of the second extension agreement dated June 14, 2005, and (iii) the personal guarantees of the principals of L.R. Global provide sufficient additional assurance of collectibility under Australian law. As of August 25, 2005, there have been no modifications to the second extension agreement to the License Agreement, or changes in any of its terms. Due to the matters described above pertaining to the completion of its capital formation activities, the Company has not recognized revenue from the License Agreement for the period ended June 30, 2005. As described in Note 5 above, from the shares issued to Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, under the Exchange Agreement, L.R. Global received 500,000 shares of common stock. The purpose of the transfer was to further involve L.R. Global in the Company as a stockholder, and to provide an incentive for L.R. Global to perform under the License Agreement. Management of the Company maintains that the transfer of shares of common stock to L.R. Global by Mark A. Poulsen was a private transaction between the parties, and not part of the Exchange Agreement to be recognized in the financial statements of the Company. (10) Promissory Notes - Fort Street Equity, Inc. On May 10, 2005, the Ralston Superannuation Fund ("Ralston Fund") entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Ralston Fund agreed to purchase 100,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $19,050. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. The Trustee for the Ralston Fund is Leanne Ralston, the wife of Prins A. Ralston. Mr. Ralston is the Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated May 11, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. For the year ended June 30, 2005, the Company accrued $132 in interest pertaining to this promissory note. On June 14, 2005, Mr. Bruce Gilling, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Mr. Gilling agreed to purchase 50,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $15,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated June 19, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. For the year ended June 30, 2005, the Company accrued $23 in interest pertaining to this promissory note. F-48 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 (11) Commitments and Contingencies For each fiscal year since inception, the Company has recognized as compensation expense the ongoing contribution of time and effort of six individuals, two of which, currently serve as officers of the Company. Such individuals have provided their time and effort without formal compensation by the Company which in certain instances dates back to 1998. For the years ended June 30, 2005, and 2004, the Company recorded accrued compensation expense amounting to $23,384, and $40,368, respectively. Through September 14, 2004, the total liability for employee compensation amounted to $220,000. This obligation was satisfied by the transfer of 440,000 shares of common stock of FFBI directly to the individuals from the shares received from the Exchange Agreement by Mark A. Poulsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, at a value of $.50 per share. FFBI credited paid-in capital for the value of the accrued compensation satisfied by Mr. Poulsen. On September 21, 2004, the Company entered into a contract with Insource Pty. Ltd., a related party, for software services pertaining to the development of certain computerized systems for customer service, administration, and information reporting purposes. The contract price for the software development services amounted to approximately $30,500, which was subsequently increased by approximately $10,000, and the estimated duration of the contract term was 14 weeks. Further, under the terms of the contract, a down payment of $3,500 was to be made, followed by weekly progress payments of approximately $1,930. The estimated term of the contract was subsequently extended to the end of June 2005, and certain additional features were added to the computerized systems applications. The Company has classified the costs incurred through June 30, 2005, amounting to $40,071, as "Software development in progress" in the accompanying balance sheet. On November 28, 2004, the Company entered into a month-to-month expense sharing agreement for office rent and other common area expenses with Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that provided for an effective date of July 1, 2004. The expense sharing agreement replaced a lease arrangement between the Company and Mark A. Poulsen & Associates Pty. Ltd. that expired on November 30, 2004. For the year ended June 30, 2005, the Company accrued $16,171 in office rent and common area costs pertaining to this agreement. On February 1, 2005, the Company also entered into a registered agent arrangement with Incorp. Services, Inc. whereby Incorp. agreed to act as the registered agent for the State of Nevada, and to provide certain virtual office, office facility use, and administrative services to the Company for a fee of $1,495 per year. The following transactions were dated November 29, 2004, or as otherwise indicated: The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mark A. Poulsen to serve as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Poulsen will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $289,000 for services to FFBI. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. In addition, on December 1, 2004, the Board of Directors of FFBI awarded a bonus of approximately $388,250 to be paid to Mr. Poulsen within 30 days after the listing of the common stock of FFBI on the over-the-counter bulletin board of the NASD. F-49 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 The Company entered into an employment agreement with Prins A. Ralston to serve as its Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Ralston will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $131,000, plus benefits and bonus. In addition, Mr. Ralston will be granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock of FFBI under an option plan, when and if established. The Company will also be obligated to pay a recruiting fee for the employment of Mr. Ralston to Hudson Global Resources, an executive personnel placement firm, amounting to approximately $21,100. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Anthony F. Head to serve as its Senior Vice President of Sales. Mr. Head is also a Director of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Head will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $77,000, plus benefits and bonus. He will also be paid 5 percent of the value of each country or geographic-area license sold. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Sandra L. Wendt to serve as its Vice President of Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Under the terms of the agreement, Ms. Wendt will be compensated at the annual rate of approximately $42,400, plus benefits and bonus. (12) Subsequent Events On July 1, 2005, Therese Mulherin, a part-time employee of the Company, entered into two Option Purchase Agreements with Fort Street whereby the Ms. Mulherin agreed to purchase 277,576 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for $60,240. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of two separate promissory notes dated July 1, 2005. Each promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the notes, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory notes are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligations. (13) Subsequent Additional Promissory Note Transactions On August 19, 2005, Mr. Mark Hoey, a stockholder of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby Mr. Hoey agreed to purchase 66,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $20,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On August 26, 2005, the Kelly Superannuation Fund, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to F-50 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. (A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY) NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS JUNE 30, 2005, AND 2004 purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated August 29, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 14, 2005, Sandra L. Wendt, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 13,420 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $2,280. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 14, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 23, 2005, Keith Appleby, an unrelated party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 16,666 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $5,000. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 23, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. On September 26, 2005, Neil Wendt, a related party, entered into an Option Purchase Agreement with Fort Street whereby the Fund agreed to purchase 25,000 stock options of the Company held by Fort Street for the amount of $7,500. The stock options entitle the holder to purchase a like number of shares of common stock of the Company. Fort Street subsequently loaned the proceeds from the sale of the stock options to the Company under the terms of a promissory note dated September 26, 2005. The promissory note is unsecured, and carries an interest rate of five (5) percent per annum. The maturity date of the note, together with any remaining interest, is December 31, 2009. Interest payments on the promissory note are payable to Fort Street bi-annually and at the maturity date of the obligation. F-51 FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 3,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK RESALE OF 1,434,006 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS 1,784,000 SELLING SECURITY HOLDER COMMON SHARES PROSPECTUS YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR THAT WE HAVE REFERRED YOU TO. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL COMMON STOCK AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. Until __________, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. PART II -- INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS Item 24. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws provide that we shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by Nevada law any person whom we may indemnify thereunder, including our directors, officers, employees and agents. Such indemnification (other than as ordered by a court) shall be made by us only upon a determination that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the individual met the applicable standard of conduct i.e., such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest. Advances for such indemnification may be made pending such determination. Such determination shall be made by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of disinterested directors, or by independent legal counsel or by the stockholders. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation provides for the elimination, to the extent permitted by Nevada, of personal liability of our directors and our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as directors. We have agreed to indemnify each of our directors and certain officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than our payment of expenses incurred or paid by our director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. The following table sets forth the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All such expenses will be borne by the registrant; none shall be borne by any selling stockholders. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee $ 1,200 Legal fees and expenses (1) 65,000 Accounting fees and expenses (1) 35,000 Blue Sky Fees(1) 12,500 Miscellaneous Administrative Costs (1) 4,800 Printing Costs (1) 7,500 --------- Total(1) $ 126,000 ========= (1) Estimated. 69 Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. On September 14, 2004, we issued 15,000,000 shares of our restricted common stock and 1,000,000 shares of our preferred stock to Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. in accordance with an Exchange Agreement with Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited (our "Subsidiary") whereby we acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Subsidiary (81 shares). The issuance was valued at $16,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a public offering. Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. was a sophisticated investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, Mark Poulsen & Associates Pty Ltd. had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since the company agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. On September 14, 2004 we issued 440,000 shares of our restricted common stock to Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued employee compensation. The issuance was valued at $.50 per share or $220,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. On September 14, 2004 we issued 15,000 shares of our restricted common stock to Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for a loan of $7,500 made by Mr. Poulsen. The issuance was valued at $.50 per share or $7,500. Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. 70 On September 14, 2004, we issued 40,000 shares of our restricted common stock to Mark A. Poulsen in consideration for accrued consulting services. The issuance was valued at $.50 per share or $20,000. Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such shares. The above issuance of shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such shares by us did not involve a public offering. Mr. Poulsen was a sophisticated investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, Mr. Poulsen had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since he agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. On September 20, 2004, we issued shares of our common stock based on a conversion of our promissory notes. Specifically, we converted units into 420,000 shares of our common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.33 per share of common stock for a total of $140,000. The shares were issued to the following: Per Share Date(s) Convertible Investor Shares Consideration Value Note(s) Issued - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for KL Notaras Family Trust 75,000 $25,000 $0.33 10/30/03; 2/11/04 Mushroom Systems International Pty Ltd. 15,000 $ 5,000 $0.33 11/05/03 Jaroulin Pty Ltd. 30,000 $10,000 $0.33 11/06/03 Dean Harrison Family Trust 30,000 $10,000 $0.33 11/07/03 Leigh Troy 30,000 $10,000 $0.33 11/10/03 Kendal Robinson 15,000 $ 5,000 $0.33 11/20/03 Mark Hoey 120,000 $40,000 $0.33 11/24/03 GL Ray Enterprises 15,000 $ 5,000 $0.33 11/25/03 Roan Lee 30,000 $10,000 $0.33 12/10/03 The Credence Superannuation Fund 60,000 $20,000 $0.33 03/10/04 On September 29, 2004, we issued shares of our common stock based on a conversion of our promissory notes. Specifically, we converted units into 450,000 shares of our common stock. The transaction was valued at $0.50 per share of common stock for a total of $225,000. The shares were issued to the following: Per Share Date(s) Convertible Investor Shares Consideration Value Note(s) Issued - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Vexa Superannuation Fund 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 05/21/04 Junay Pty Ltd Trustee for KL Notaras Family Trust 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 05/24/04 Maria Corry 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 05/28/04 Boyana & Dragan Aralica 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 05/31/04 Heather Kraus 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 05/31/04 Wibcara Pty Ltd. Trustee for Kraus Superannuation Fund 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 05/31/04 Clifford Henkel 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 07/01/04 Helen Hughes 40,000 $20,000 $0.50 08/16/04 Robert E. and Valda J. Bradley 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 08/30/04 Donald Howell Wild 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 08/30/04 Maxwell Spackman 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 08/31/04 Benjamin David Spackman 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 08/31/04 Lily Lee Lee Lee 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 08/31/04 Roslina Binte Mohamed Sa'ad 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 08/31/04 Zainon Binte Ismail 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 09/01/04 James and Joan Stewart as Trustees of the R Stewart Pty Ltd Superannuation Fund 40,000 $20,000 $0.50 09/03/04 Ann Maree Wood 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 09/07/04 Walter Puawai McDermott 20,000 $10,000 $0.50 09/10/04 Linda Wild 70,000 $35,000 $0.50 09/14/04 Denise Linsley-Hayles 10,000 $ 5,000 $0.50 09/17/04 Wayne Jobson 40,000 $20,000 $0.50 09/24/04 71 Our shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. The offerings were not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, the above-referenced parties had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since they agreed to and received a share certificate bearing a legend stating that such shares are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. The purchasers were sophisticated investors and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. These restrictions ensure that these shares would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. On July 25, 2004, we issued 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc. to purchase the same number of shares of our common stock for $10,000 in cash. The issuance was valued at $.005 per option or $10,000. Our options were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. No commissions were paid for the issuance of such options. The above issuance of options to purchase shares of our common stock qualified for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 since the issuance of such options by us did not involve a public offering. Fort Street Equity, Inc. was a sophisticated investor and had access to information normally provided in a prospectus regarding us. The offering was not a "public offering" as defined in Section 4(2) due to the insubstantial number of persons involved in the deal, size of the offering, manner of the offering and number of shares offered. We did not undertake an offering in which we sold a high number of shares to a high number of investors. In addition, Fort Street Equity, Inc. had the necessary investment intent as required by Section 4(2) since it agreed to and received an option certificate bearing a legend stating that the shares underlying the options are restricted pursuant to Rule 144 of the 1933 Securities Act. These restrictions ensure that the shares underlying the options would not be immediately redistributed into the market and therefore not be part of a "public offering." Based on an analysis of the above factors, we have met the requirements to qualify for exemption under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 for the above transaction. After issuance of the 2,000,000 options to Fort Street Equity, Inc., it then acted as an underwriter and sold the following options: 100,000 options to Ralston Superannuation Fund, 50,000 options to Bruce Gilling, 277,576 options to Therese Mulherin, 16,666 options to Kelly Superannuation Fund, 66,666 options to Mark Hoey, 13,420 options to Sandra Wendt, 16,666 options to Keith Appleby and 25,000 options to Neil Wendt. In addition, for the purposes of providing working capital, we borrowed from Fort Street Equity $19,050 on May 11, 2005, $15,000 on June 19, 2005, $60,240 on July 1, 2005, $20,000 and $5,000 on August 29, 2005, $2,280 on September 14 2005, $5000 on September 23, 2005 and $7,500 on September 26, 2005. Based on the above transactions, it is possible that it can be determined that we violated Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933. Section 5(a) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to sell a security unless a registration statement is in effect as to such security. Section 5(c) of the Securities Act prohibits the use of any means or instruments of transportation or communication in interstate commerce or of the mails to offer to sell or offer to buy a security unless a registration statement has been filed as to such security. Because of the proximity in time between sales of securities held by Fort Street Equity to third parties and loans made by Fort Street Equity to us, such transactions, taken together, may be viewed as a primary offering by us or on our behalf without an effective registration statement on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission. If it is determined that such transactions constitute a primary offering by or on behalf of us in violation of Section 5 of the 1933 Act, then we may be subject to remedial sanctions. Such sanctions may include the payment of disgorgement, prejudgment interest and civil or criminal penalties. We are not aware of any pending claims for sanctions against us based on Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and we intend to vigorously defend against any such claims if they arise. However, in our financial statements, we have classified the promissory notes, amounting to $126,528 of principal, and accrued interest of $1,491, as of September 30, 2005, as amounts subject to rescission. 72 Item 27. Exhibits. 3.1. Certificate of Incorporation (1) 3.1(a) Amendments to Certificate of Incorporation (2) 3.2 Bylaws (3) 5.1 Opinion and Consent of Anslow & Jaclin, LLP 10.1 Exchange Agreement dated September 5th, 2004 between us and Fit For Business (Australia) Pty Limited (1) 10.2 Stock Option Agreement dated July 25, 2004 between us and Fort Street Equity, Inc. (subscription agreement) (1) 10.2.1 Stock Option Extension Letter (6) 10.3 License Agreement with L.R. Global Marketing Pty Ltd. and Extension Agreement (3) 10.4 Employment Agreement - Mark A. Poulsen (1) 10.5 Employment Agreement - Anthony F. Head (1) 10.6 Employment Agreement - Prins A. Ralston (1) 10.7 Employment Agreement - Sandra L. Wendt (1) 10.8 Agreement with Insource Pty Ltd. (1) 10.9 Two (2) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity both dated July 1, 2005 (3) 10.9.1 Five (5) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity dated as follows: September 14, 2005; two (2) dated August 29, 2005; June 19, 2005; and May 11, 2005 (4) 10.9.2 Two (2) Promissory Notes with Fort Street Equity dated as follows: September 23, 2005; and September 26, 2005. (5) 21.1 Subsidiaries (1) 23.1 Consent of Davis Accounting Group, P.C., independent auditors. 24.1 Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement) 99.1 Conflict of Interest Policy (3) 99.2 Letter Evidencing Non-Association between Fit For Business International and Fit For Business Family Trust (3) (1) Originally submitted with Form SB-2 registration statement on March 7, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). (2) Submitted with Amendment No. 1 to Form SB-2 registration statement on May 4, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). (3) Submitted with Amendment No. 3 to Form SB-2 registration statement on August 1, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). (4) Submitted with Amendment No. 5 to Form SB-2 registration statement on September 26, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). (5) Submitted with Amendment No. 6 to Form SB-2 registration statement on October 19, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). (6) Submitted with Amendment No. 8 to Form SB-2 registration statement on December 30, 2005 (SEC File No. 333-123176). 73 Item 28. Undertakings. (A) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes: (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to: (i) Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and (iii)Include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement. (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. (B) Undertaking Required by Regulation S-B, Item 512(e). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel that the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. 74 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milton, Country of Australia, on the 10th day of February, 2006. FIT FOR BUSINESS INTERNATIONAL, INC. BY: /s/ Mark A. Poulsen -------------------------------------- Mark A. Poulsen Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Directors POWER OF ATTORNEY The undersigned directors and officers of Fit For Business International Inc. hereby constitute and appoint Mark A. Poulsen, with full power to act without others and with full power of substitution and re-substitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full power to execute in our name and behalf in the capacities indicated below any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments and amendments thereto) to this registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and hereby ratify and confirm each and every act and thing that such attorney- in-fact, or his substitutes, shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- SIGNATURE TITLE DATE - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- /s/ Mark A. Poulsen Chief Executive Officer, February 10, 2006 - ----------------------- President and Chairman of Mark A. Poulsen the Board of Directors - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- /s/ Sandra Wendt Senior Vice President of February 10, 2006 - ----------------------- Administration, Chief Sandra Wendt Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- /s/ Prins Ralston Senior Vice President and February 10, 2006 - ----------------------- Chief Operating Officer Prins Ralston - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- /s/ Anthony F. Head Senior Vice President of February 10, 2006 - ----------------------- Sales and Director Anthony F. Head - --------------------------- ------------------------------ --------------------- 75